240012 34962 Catalog

123195-Attachment 123195-Attachment 123195-Attachment 000262 Batch12 unilog cesco-content

2014-11-11

: Pdf 34962-Catalog 34962-Catalog 000262 Batch12 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 114 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

N a t i o n a l C o n t ro l s C o r p.
The Science of Reliable Control
Timing Devices
Temperature Indicators & Controls
Dust Collector Controls
Custom Machine Controls
Solid State Relays
Liquid Level Controls
Voltage Monitors
CUSTOM CONTROLS CAPABILITY
AMETEK NCC:
Designs, engineers, and manufactures high-quality elec-
tronic controls for the value-driven and quality-conscious
OEM customer.
Provides solutions for the growing trend of corporate
downsizing. Its fully turnkey, engineering and manufactur-
ing solutions address the challenge and respond to rapid
technological changes.
Leads design and manufacture of custom electronic con-
trols and assemblies through day-to-day interaction in
design development in partnership with OEM customers.
Increases customer satisfaction, confidence and loyalty
through a multi-level, interactive organization that creates
a high degree of mutual dependence.
Emphasizes micro-controller hardware and software
design in conjunction with analog and digital circuitry.
Let AMETEK NCC be your partner in full-service design and
manufacturing of custom electronic controls and assemblies.
ABOUT NATIONAL CONTROLS
National Controls Corporation (NCC) is a unit of
AMETEK, Inc., a leading global manufacturer of
electronic instruments and electric motors with
annualized sales of more than $1.4 billion. AMETEK
has over 8,500 employees at more than 70 plants
and facilities in the United States and 18 other
countries.
Headquartered in suburban Philadelphia, AMETEK
consists of two operating groups:
Electronic Instruments—a leading manufacturer
of advanced instruments for the aerospace,
process and industrial markets.
Electromechanical—the world’s leading producer
of high-speed, air-moving electric motors for floor-
care, aerospace, military, mass transit, business
equipment and medical devices.
AMETEK’s Corporate Growth Plan is based on Four Growth
Strategies: Strategic Acquisitions & Alliances, Global &
Market Expansion, New Products and Operational Excellence.
NCC serves as an excellent example of AMETEK’s Strategic
Acquisitions & Alliances growth strategy. Acquired in January
1999, NCC enhanced AMETEK’s position in electronic
controls for industrial applications.
NCC is part of AMETEK’s Dixson Division, which produces
electronic controls for heavy-vehicle, foodservice, and
industrial markets. AMETEK Dixson is the number-one U.S.
supplier of electronic dashboard instruments for heavy trucks
and other vehicles.
In addition to standard product industrial controls, AMETEK
NCC provides its customers with innovative and proven
product and service solutions. NCC partners with its
customers to better meet their design needs, and satisfy
their requirements for product quality, reliability, and cost
competitiveness.
●
●
●
●
●
i
OVERVIEW
At National Controls, effective communication
is the key to our success. Whether standard
product or custom, NCC uses a team approach
that involves our customer, sales, engineer-
ing, manufacturing, and quality assurance. We
built our business by solving problems. The
lead team member, our customer, defines the
problem. NCC engineering, sales, and manu-
facturing will solve the problem.
Effective Electronic Controls
and Effective Customer
Support
Sales will understand and represent our
customer’s needs to ensure that they are com-
municated accurately, and that the price point
and design continues to meet or exceed the
customer’s expectation.
Engineering will translate the customer’s
control requirements into a design that is
reliable, manufacturable, and meets the cus-
tomer’s needs while complying with industry
and safety agency standards. Our experi-
ence in electronic controls provides us with
the ability to offer product enhancements to
improve our customer’s end product.
Manufacturing will build your product as effi-
ciently as possible, maintaining cost structure,
utilizing state-of-the-art manufacturing and
process controls to ensure the highest quality
product.
Effective communication between our cus-
tomer and the NCC team ensures customer
satisfaction.
ii
Engineering Support
More than 20 engineers, circuit designers, software
delvelopers, and support staff quickly respond to your
specific application with a standard or custom solu-
tion. National Controls provides in-house capability
with:
Computer-aided design
Programming for microprocessor-based designs
Fully equipped model shop and prototyping
capabilities
On-site, certified testing facilities for UL and CUL.
Equipment and facilities available for FCC and
other agency testing
Manufacturing Support
National Controls manufacturing team gives you:
Skilled and well-trained work force
Computer controlled and monitored production
processes
Computer driven testing systems
Manufacturing processes using the latest
technology and equipment
Fully air conditioned manufacturing and storage
environment
On site screening process
JIT parts support for your products
MRP Planning system to support timely
production of your controls
Quality built into the product
Suppliers that enhance quality and customer
service
All products fully tested to verify specification
compliance
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Custom Design and Assembly
Surface mount fabrication capability
Automatic insertion equipment
Semi-automated hand insertion stations
Wave soldering equipment
Application specific test and burn-in equipment
Computer based test systems providing manufac-
turing defect analysis
Silkscreen and labeling capability
In-process inspection and test
100% final testing
Serving Diverse and Demanding
Partners in Industry
Compressor
Generator
Batch Processing
Pump/Dispensing
Fire Protection
Packaging
Automotive
Environmental
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
iii
Opportunity
Customer Focus
Quality, Reliability,
Cost Competitiveness
Value-added Products
Long-term Relationships
iv
Our Quality System
AMETEK NCC has a Quality System that utilizes rigid
control processes throughout the design, development, and
manufacturing process to assure our customers of reliable
products. AMETEK NCC justifies its claim of producing high
quality products by placing emphasis on the following:
1. Design Review—As each product is conceived and its
development is planned, detailed design criteria are thor-
oughly reviewed by Marketing, Design Engineering, Quality
Assurance, Manufacturing, Product Test Engineering, and
Product Service and Repair personnel to ensure all require-
ments are met.
2. Supplier Qualification—Every supplier of material that
goes into AMETEK NCC products is evaluated for their
capability to produce and deliver material according to
specified requirements and must maintain an acceptable
performance rating.
3. Incoming Inspection/Test—Materials received
are inspected/tested to ensure they meet all required
specifications.
4. In-Process Inspection/Testing—Inspection and testing
occurs throughout the production process to verify the
following:
Proper assembly and overall workmanship of products
Products are calibrated, electrically tested for proper
function and hi-pot per UL standards
Life tested (products are burned-in to simulate actual
operating conditions)
5. Final Inspection/Test—Finished products are final
inspected/tested to ensure compliance with all AMETEK
NCC customer specifications.
6. Quality Audits—AMETEK NCC departments are audited
for compliance with quality system requirements.
7. Standards Compliance—AMETEK NCC products
are designed to comply with Underwriters Laboratory’s,
Canadian Standards Association’s and the Federal
Communications Commission’s standard requirements
for safety and emissions control. These activities are con-
●
●
●
ducted on a sample basis per MIL-STD-105E
Sampling Standard. The measurement/test equip-
ment used during all product stages are calibrated
per AMETEK NCC’s in-house process that conforms
to MIL-STD-45662 Standard for Calibration Systems
requirements.
8. Documentation—AMETEK NCC’s Quality System
is completely described in our Quality Assurance
Manual which is available upon request along with
our Product Workmanship Standard. Since all
products are final inspected/tested after being 100%
functionally tested during production, AMETEK
NCC also offers a Certificate of Conformance, upon
request, to customers desiring to minimize their
internal process times by eliminating the need to
perform an incoming inspection/test on AMETEK
NCC products.
Total Quality Management
The above eight items highlight AMETEK NCC’s
Quality System. Together with marketing/sales,
customer service, production planning, auto-
mated information systems, accounting/finance,
corrective action, training, and statistical process
control,they represent AMETEK NCC’s Total Quality
Management concept.
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
PRODUCT FINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
TIME DELAY RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Multi-Time Range/Function/Input Voltage
Flatpak DMM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Multi-Time Range/Function/Input Voltage
1/16 DIN TMM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Multi-Time Range/Function
TMM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Multi-Time Range Delay On Make
A1M Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Delay On Make
T1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Delay On Make (Relay Output)
Q1T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Delay On Make (Series Load)
Q1T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Delay On Make (Series Load)
Q1F Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Delay On Make (Alarm Output)
Q1F Alarm Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Delay on Make (Series Load)
Q1D Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Delay On Make
K1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Delay On Make
Z1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Single Shot
T2 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Single Shot
Q2T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Single Shot
Q2F Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Single Shot
K2 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Multi-Range Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
T3M Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
T3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
Q3T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
Q3F Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
K3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
Z3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Interval
S1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Interval (Relay Output)
Q4T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Interval
Q4F Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Interval
Z4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Repeat Cycle
CKK Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Repeat Cycle
Q6F Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Flasher
Q8F Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Repeat Cycle
Z6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Universal Voltage Input Buffer
ASY-INPUT-BUFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Fan and Light Control
Model T1517 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES . . . . . . 2-1
Resistance Sensors (Single Probe)
05SLA and 05SLB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe)
DLA and DLB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe)
Models NS127, NS128 and NS143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Resistance Sensors (Pump Up Logic with Heater
Burn Out Protection)
Models NS210 and NS211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe)
Models NS129, NS132 and NS139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe, Dual Logic)
Model NS146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe, Dual Voltage)
1hp Solid State Output
Model NS141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Resistance Sensors (Single Probe, Pump Up Logic
with Time Delayed Output)
Models NS156 and NS159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Resistance Sensors (Low Water Detect Logic)
Model NS157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS 3-1
Digital Temperature Controller
TC140 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Digital Temperature Controller
TC142 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Panel Mount Digital Thermometer
Models TM165 and TM166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Digital Temperature Indicator
TM110 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Digital Temperature Indicator
TM200 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Electronic Temperature Controller
TC280 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS . . . . . . . 4-1
Intermittent Use Collectors
Model T2101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
AC Input, Pulse Cleaning of Bag House Dust
Collectors
Models DNC-T2003 through DNC-T2032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
DC Input, Pulse Cleaning of Bag House Dust
Collectors
Model DNC-T2010-ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Pulse Jet Dust Collector Control with Extended
Cycle
DNC-T2110 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
DUSTRONIX™ Core-10/Expander-10 Dust
Collector Controls
Models DNC-T2610-010/020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
DUSTRONIX™ Pressure Differential Meter*
Model DNC-PS700-A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Intelligent, AC-Input, Pulse Cleaning of Bag
House Dust Collectors
Models DNC-T2310 and DNC-T2320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Intelligent Dust Collector Controller Remote
Input/Output Module
Model DNC-T2300-I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Intelligent Dust Collector Controller Remote
Annunciator Panel
Model DNC-T2300-DSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
SOLID STATE RELAYS, VOLTAGE
MONITORS, CURRENT MONITORS . . . . 5-1
Solid State Power Relays
Model R2025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
3-Phase Voltage Monitor
Model 240T6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Single-Phase Undervoltage Monitors
Models 120AZ and 240AZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
2-20 A Current Monitor
IST-200T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
* May be purchased separately as an accessory to NCC Dust Collector
Controls, as well as other controllers
vi
OPERATING LOGIC OUTPUT TYPE PACKAGING CONSTRUCTION MODEL PAGE
Delay On Make
Relay SPDT 2” x 2” cube Q1T Series (Relay Output) 1-7
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q1T Series (Series Load) 1-8
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q1D Series (Series Load) 1-11
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q1F Series (Series Load) 1-9
Audible alarm 2” x 2” cube Q1F Alarm Series 1-10
Relay DPDT 8-pin plug in TDR housing A1M Series 1-5
Relay DPDT 8/11-pin plug in TDR housing T1 Series 1-6
Relay DPDT Miniature spade plug in housing K1 Series 1-12
Relay DPDT Open board Z1 Series 1-13
Single Shot
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q2T Series 1-15
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q2F Series 1-16
Relay DPDT or SPDT 8/11-pin plug in TDR housing T2 Series 1-14
Relay DPDT Miniature spade plug in housing K2 Series 1-17
Delay On Break
(Retriggerable)
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q3T Series 1-20
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q3F Series 1-21
Relay DPDT 11-pin plug in TDR housing T3M Series 1-18
Relay DPDT or SPDT 8/11-pin plug in TDR housing T3 Series 1-19
Relay DPDT Miniature spade plug in housing K3 Series 1-22
Relay DPDT Open board Z3 Series 1-23
Interval
Relay SPDT 2” x 2” cube Q4T Series 1-25
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q4F Series 1-26
Relay DPDT 8-pin plug in TDR housing S1 Series 1-24
Relay DPDT Open board Z4 Series 1-27
Repeat Cycle
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q6F Series 1-29
Relay DPDT 8-pin plug in TDR housing CKK Series 1-28
Relay DPDT Open board Z6 Series 1-31
Solid state, Norm. Open 2” x 2” cube Q8F Series 1-30
Multi-Function
Relay DPDT 11-pin plug in TDR housing TMM Series 1-4
Relay DPDT 1/16 DIN panel mount, 11-pin spade type base TMM Series 1-3
Relay DPDT DIN rail mount, Flatpak housing DMM Series 1-2
Solid State Cube Timers and Time Delay Relays
OPERATING LOGIC OUTPUT TYPE PACKAGING CONSTRUCTION MODEL PAGE
Pump Down
Relay SPDT Open board NS127 2-4
Relay SPDT Open board NS129 2-6
Relay SPDT Open board NS139 2-6
Solid state switch, Norm. Open, 16 A/1 hp Open board NS141 Series 2-8
Relay SPDT 8-pin plug in TDR housing DLA Series 2-3
Pump Up
Isolated relay SPDT Open board NS128 2-4
Relay SPST, Norm. Open Open board NS143 2-4
Relay SPDT Open board NS132 2-6
Solid state switch, Norm. Open, 16 A/1 hp Open board NS141 Series 2-8
Relay SPDT 8-pin plug in TDR housing DLB Series 2-3
Solid state switch, Norm. Open Open board NS156 2-9
Relay SPST, Norm. Open Open board NS159 2-9
Relay SPST Open board NS210 2-5
Relay SPST Open board NS211 2-5
Relay SPDT 8-pin plug in TDR housing 05SLB Series 2-2
Programmable Pump
Down/Pump Up Solid state switch, Norm. Open Open board NS146 2-7
Low Water Detect Isolated relay SPDT Open board NS157 2-10
Liquid Level Controls
vii
PRODUCT FINDER
DESCRIPTION OUTPUT TYPE PACKAGING CONSTRUCTION MODEL PAGE
Digital Temperature
Indicators Digital display
Chassis mount TM110 Series 3-8
Panel mount TM165/166 3-6
Panel mount TM200 Series 3-9
Digital Temperature
Controllers/Timers Relay SPST, Norm. Open, 1 A Panel mount TC140 Series 3-2
Digital Temperature
Controllers Relay SPST, Norm. Open, 1 A Panel mount TC142 Series 3-4
Electronic Temperature
Controllers Relay SPST, Norm. Open, 20 A Back panel mount TC280 Series 3-10
Temperature Controls
Dust Collector Controls
DESCRIPTION OUTPUT
VOLTAGE
PACKAGING
CONSTRUCTION OUTPUT TYPE MODEL PAGE
Solid State Relay 48 to 300 VAC 1.75” x 2.25” x 1.0”
encapsulated housing
Relay SPST,
Norm. Open SNC-R2025-501/507
5-2
Relay SPST,
Norm. Closed SNC-R2025-511/517
3-Phase Voltage Monitor — 8-pin plug in TDR housing Relay DPDT PLC-240K6-44T 5-4
Single-Phase Undervoltage
Monitor — 2” x 2” cube Relay SPDT VNC-120AZ-341/
VNC-240AZ-345 5-5
2 to 20 A Current Monitor — 2.5” x 3.5” x 1.375”
encapsulated housing Relay SPDT IST-200T(A or Z)-141/145 5-6
Solid State Relays, Voltage, and Current Monitors
Important Notice to Users
AMETEK NCC products are capable of use in a wide array of devices and in various applications. Any device or system incorporating an AMETEK NCC product should be
so designed that, in the event of failure, malfunction, or normal wear-out of the product, the device or system will become inoperative in a manner which will prevent prop-
erty damage or bodily injury.
In order to keep abreast of the latest technology, AMETEK NCC reserves the right to change components and/or design of controls without notice.
DESCRIPTION MAX. OUTPUTS INPUT VOLTAGE MODEL PAGE
Shaker, Intermittent Use 1 120 VAC DNC-T2101-010/020 4-2
Pulse Cleaning,
Continuous Mode or
On Demand Mode
3 120 VAC DNC-T2003-A10/B10
4-4
6
120 VAC DNC-T2006-A10/B10
220 VAC DNC-T2006-A220/B220
10
120 VAC DNC-T2010-A10/B10
220 VAC DNC-T2010-A220/B220
20
120 VAC DNC-T2020-A10/B10
220 VAC DNC-T2020-A220/B220
32 120 VAC DNC-T2032-A10/B10
10
220 VAC DNC-T2032-A220/B220
12 to 24 VDC DNC-T2010-ADC 4-6
105 to 135 VAC DNC-T2110 Series 4-8
Main Control Module 10, expandable to 990 100 to 240 VAC
DNC-T2610-010
4-10
DNC-T2610-020
Pressure Differential Meter* — 100 to 240 VAC DNC-PS700-010 4-12
Pulse Cleaning, Intelligent
Dust Collector Controller
with Integral Pressure
Sensor
10
105 to 135 VAC DNC-T2310-A10/B10
4-14
210 to 270 VAC DNC-T2310-A220/B220
20
105 to 135 VAC DNC-T2320-A10/B10
210 to 270 VAC DNC-T2320-A220/B220
Input/Output Board for
use with Intelligent Dust
Collector Controller
—
105 to 135 VAC DNC-T2300-I/O
4-20
210 to 270 VAC DNC-T2301-I/O
Remote Annunciator
Panel with Intelligent Dust
Collector Controller
1
105 to 135 VAC DNC-T2300-DSP
4-22
210 to 270 VAC DNC-T2301-DSP
* May be purchased separately as an accessory to NCC Dust Collector Controls, as well as other controllers
Notes
1-1
TIME DELAY RELAYS
AMETEK NCC Time Delay Relays are versa-
tile, reliable and available. These affordable
solid state timers provide the MRO and OEM
markets with dependable products that stand
up to the rigorous demands of today’s mar-
ketplace. The most common standard logic
functions include the following: On Delay,
Off Delay, Interval, One Shot and Repeat
Cycle. Off-the-shelf ranges available are from
0.05 seconds to 999 hours with reliable load
switching.
AMETEK NCC Time Delay Relays offer you
a choice of sizes, shapes and terminations.
Typical configurations are open-board, socket
(8-pin, 11-pin and spade) and quick connect
terminations. These highly accurate time delay
relays are made for long-life, which is essential
for your products performance.
In addition, AMETEK NCC offers impressive
factory back-up support. Our parts inventory
and product availability is unsurpassed. With
over 250 stocking distributor outlets, serious
downtime problems can virtually be elimi-
nated. Technical assistance for design and
engineering help is readily available through
our toll free number: 800-323-2593.
Common Applications:
Electric Generator Sets
Air Compressors
Food Processing
Compressed Air Dryers
Loaders
Conveyors
Crushers and Pulverizers
Dust Collection
Home Alarm Systems
Auto Alarm Systems
Business Security Alarm Systems
Packaging Equipment
Injection Molding Equipment
Coffee Brewers
Commercial Air Conditioning
Automated Animal Feeding
Automated Fluid Spraying
Aerators
Agitators
Bag/Box Dumping Equipment
Bag Closing and Opening
Batching Systems
Compacting Equipment
Extraction Equipment
Extrusion Equipment
Feed Mill Equipment
Test Equipment
Industrial Vacuum Cleaning
Paper Shredders
Medical Equipment
Car Wash Equipment
Crane and Hoist Operations
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-2
FEATURES
35mm DIN rail mount Flatpak enclosure
Universal input voltage
Microprocessor controlled timing circuit
Five logic modes, user selectable
Six time ranges, user selectable
Time cycles from 0.05 seconds to 999
hours
Easy 3-digit time cycle setting
±0.1% repeatability
Timing light
Superior transient protection
Ul 94VO plastic housing
File #E59090
The DMM Series offers selectable multiple
time ranges, functional logic modes and
universal input voltage range, all in one DIN
rail mount space saving Flatpak enclosure.
Programming is accomplished by using
two multi-position rotary switches. One
switch selects one of six time ranges. The
other switch selects one of five operating
logic modes. A 3-digit push-button switch
selects the amount of time required for a
timing cycle.
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: 3 digit push-button switch
Range: 50 ms to 999 hours in 6 ranges
Repeatability: ±0.1% of set time or ±20 ms
whichever is greater
Accuracies: All functions ±1% of set time or ±20
ms whichever is greater
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24 to 240 VAC ±12%, 50/60
Hz; 24 to 240 VDC ±12%, (DC unfiltered input
voltage must be full-wave rectified)
Power On Response: 50 ms max.
Power Off Reset Time: Requires power interrup-
tion of 150 ms max. (50 ms typical)
Start Switch Closure Time: 50 ms. min. to initi-
ate timing cycle; 50 ms. min. to reset delay during
timing cycle
Power Consumption: 14 VA max. at 270 VAC,
2.5 VA max. at 24 VAC
OUTPUT
Type: Relay SPDT (1 form C)
Rating: 8 A max. resistive at 250 VAC,
5 A max. resistive at 30 VDC; 10 mA at 5 VDC
min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 100,000 operations
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -25°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -25°C to 55°C
Humidity: 95% relative
MECHANICAL
Termination: 6 screw terminals; Permissible wire
size 22-12 gauge
Mounting: 35mm DIN rail mount
AMETEK NCC P/N for 3 foot section of 35 mm
rail: MRL-SOCKT-011
Note: The DMM Series also mounts on 7.5 mm and 15 mm rails.
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule, 250 V metal oxide
varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1800 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
TIMING LIGHT LOGIC
Repeat Cycle: Full on during OFF time; Flashing
during ON time
Other Logic Modes: Flashing during timing; Full
on after time out
TIMING
Selectable Time Ranges: 0.05 to 9.99 sec.; 0.1
to 99.9 sec.; 1 to 999 sec.; 0.1 to 99.9 minutes;
1 to 999 minutes; 1 to 999 hours (times less than
50 ms are not recommended due to the response
time of the mechanical relay)
Selectable Operating Logic Modes:
Repeat Cycle (50% fixed duty cycle)
Single Shot (1 shot)
Delay On Break (D.O.B.)
Interval (Intervl)
Delay On Make (D.O.M.)
PROGRAMMING
To program the timer, remove voltage from the
unit and select the operating logic mode and the
time range; use the digital switches to select the
required time (0 to 999)
Multi-Time Range/Function/Input Voltage
Flatpak DMM Series
TIME DELAY RELAYS
ORDERING INFORMATION
TIME RANGE PART NUMBER MOUNTING TYPE
0.05 sec. to 999 hrs. DMM-9999M-24M 35 mm DIN rail
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER MOUNTING TYPE
35 mm, 3 ft DIN rail MRL-SOCKT-011 Continuous screw slots
1.378"
(35mm) 1.184"
(30mm)
.413"
(10.5mm)
2.00"
(50.8mm)
.492"
(12.5mm)
.150"
(3.81mm)
MRL-SOCKT-011
35mm DIN Rail Dimensions
39.37"
(1m)
SEC. -999
DMM-9999M-24M
24-240VAC
2.95"
VAC/DC
NC
16
24-240
(+)
A1
L1
RANGE:
INPUT:
MODEL:
.05
(-)
A2
18
NO L2/N
B1
15
CM S/S
HOUR
50DC 60HZ
WEST CHICAGO, IL. 60185
NATIONAL CONTROLS
4.29"
CORPORATION
4.45"
MULTIPLE FUNCTON
AND INPUT VOLTAGE
TIME DELAY RELAY
.89"
VAC/DC
NC
16
24-240
(+)
A1
L1
(-)
A2
18
NO L2/N
B1
15
CM S/S
DMM TERMINATIONS
-
+
0
-
+
0
-
+
0
9.99S
99.9S
999S
9.99M
999M
999H
REPEAT
1 SHOT
D.O.B.
INTRVL
D.O.M.
16 18 A2
(-)
A1 15 B1
(+)
TIME SELECT
R
A
N
G
E
SELECT
F
U
N
C
T
I
O
N
Voltage
Source
Indicator
led
Load
Start Switch
Typical
Application
Com
N.O.
1-3
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
1/16 DIN panel mountable enclosure
Universal input voltage
Microprocessor controlled timing circuit
Five logic modes, user selectable
Six time ranges, user selectable
Time cycles from 50 ms to 999 hours
Easy 3-digit time cycle setting
±0.1% repeatability
Timing light
Superior transient protection
Reinforced base locator pin
Flame-retardant polycarbonate housing
File #E59090
The TMM Series offers selectable multiple
time ranges, functional logic modes and
universal input voltage range, all in one
plug-in 1/16 DIN style panel mountable
package.
Programming is accomplished by using
two multi-position rotary switches. One
switch selects one of six time ranges. The
other switch selects one of five operating
logic modes. A 3-digit push-button switch
selects the amount of time required for a
timing cycle.
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the start switch,
2) Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other
wires (Start switch suppled by customer)
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: 3 digit push-button switch
Range: .05 seconds to 999 hours in 6 ranges
Repeatability: ±0.1% of set time or ±20 ms
whichever is greater
Accuracies: All functions ±1% of set time or ±20
ms whichever is greater
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24 to 240 VAC ±15%, 50/60
Hz; 24 to 240 VDC ±15%, (DC unfiltered input
voltage must be full-wave rectified)
Power On Response: 50 ms max.
Power Off Reset Time: Requires power interrup-
tion of 150 ms max. (50 ms typical)
Start Switch Closure Time: 50 ms min. to initi-
ate timing cycle; 50 ms min. to reset delay during
timing cycle
Power Consumption: 14 VA max. at 276 VAC,
2.5 VA max. at 24 VAC
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
OUTPUT
Type: Relay DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC, 125 VDC
1/2 hp at 240 VAC; 10 mA at 5 VDC min. load
current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -25°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -25°C to 55°C
Humidity: 95% relative
MECHANICAL
Termination: 11-pin plug or spade type
Mounting:
Back Panel Mounting:
Spade Base use MSO-00KUP-012
11-pin Base use MSO-0011P-012
Front Panel Mounting: 1.78” sq. opening required
Front Panel Mounting Bracket MBK-1/16D-011
11-pin Base use MSO-0011P-013
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 7 joule, 250 V metal oxide
varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1800 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs
TIMING LIGHT LOGIC
Repeat Cycle: Full On During OFF time
Flashing during ON time;
Other Logic Modes: Flashing during timing;
Full On after time out
TIMING
Selectable Time Ranges: .05 to 9.99 sec.; .1 to
99.9 sec.; 1 to 999 sec.; .1 to 99.9 minutes; 1 to
999 minutes; 1 to 999 hours (times less than 50
ms are not recommended due to the response
time of the mechanical relay)
Selectable Operating Logic Modes:
Repeat Cycle (50% fixed duty cycle)
Single Shot (1 shot)
Delay On Break (D.O.B.)
Interval (Intervl)
Delay On Make (D.O.M.)
PROGRAMMING
To program the timer, remove voltage from the
unit and select the operating logic mode and the
time range; use the digital switches to select the
required time (0 to 999)
Multi-Time Range/Function/Input Voltage
1/16 DIN TMM Series
ORDERING INFORMATION
TIME RANGE PART NUMBER MOUNTING TYPE
0.05 sec. to 999 hrs. TMM-9999M-96M 35 mm DIN rail
0.05 sec. to 999 hrs. KMM-9999M-96M Spade (.187” x .020” terminal) type plug-in base
3
6
9
BA
7
4
1
8
5
Input
24-240 VAC/DC
50/60 Hz, 14 VA
KMM PIN CONFIGURATION
Start
Switch Start
Switch
6
5
4
3
2
1 11
10
9
8
7
Input
TMM PIN CONFIGURATION
24-240 VAC/DC
50/60 Hz, 14VA
10
8
9
7
6
11
1
2
5
4
3
TMM-9999M-96M
PLUGS INTO
11-PIN SOCKET
"TIMING" LED
TIME SELECT
3.72 MAX.
.31
2.830
.66
(16.8mm)
(71.9mm)
(7.9mm)
1.755
SQUARE
RANGE SELECT
LOGIC SELECT
(94.5mm)
(44.6mm)
1.870
SQUARE
(47.5mm)
D.O.B.
D.O.M.
SELECT
INTVL
1-SHOT
REPEAT
RANGE
999 M
99 9 H
.99 9 M
FUNCTION
SELECT
99.9S
99 9 S
9.99S
TIME SELECT
60HZ
A
NAOT I N L
TRC O OP AR NI O
C O LRN T O S
FCC APPROVED
INPUT:
MODEL:
RANGE: SEC.-999
TMM-9999M-96M
24-240VAC
FILE NO. E59090
.05 HOUR
50
DC
MIT YDE L AE LR E YA
A N VPD I N TU ALO T EG
WEST CHICAGO, 60185
IL.
M U ULL T I P E F CN T NI O
C
R
R
5640
13
4 5 6
79
B
A
KMM-9999M-96M
PLUGS INTO
KUP-SPADE SOCKET
1.755
SQUARE
(44.6mm)
8
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-4
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Multi-Time Range/Function
TMM Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Microprocessor controlled timing circuit
Five logic modes, user selectable
Five time ranges, user selectable
Easy 3-digit time cycle setting
±0.1% repeatability
Time cycles from 50 ms to over 16
hours
Timing light
Superior transient protection
Reinforced base locator pin
Flame-retardant polycarbonate housing
File #E59090
The TMM Series offers selectable multiple
time ranges and functional logic modes all
in one plug-in package.
Programming is accomplished by using
two 5-position rotary switches. One switch
selects one of five time ranges. The other
switch selects one of five operating logic
modes. A 3-digit push-button switch selects
the amount of time required for a timing
cycle.
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: 3 digit push-button switch
Range: 50 ms to 999 minutes in 5 ranges
Repeatability: ±0.1%, ±.02 seconds over speci-
fied timing range
ACCURACIES
Delay On Make: ±1% of set time, plus fixed error
of 80 ms max. (40 ms typical including power-on
response time)
Interval, One shot: ±1% of set time, plus fixed
error of 35 ms max. (10 ms typical)
Delay On Break: ±1% of set time, plus fixed
error of 75 ms max. (10 ms typical)
Repeat Cycle, On Time: ±1% of set time, plus
fixed error of 35 ms max. (10 ms typical)
Repeat Cycle, Off Time: ±1% of set time, minus
error of 65 ms max. (10 ms typical)
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120, 240 VAC; 12, 24,
48 VDC ±10% (DC models have reverse polarity
protection. Unfiltered input voltage to them must
be full-wave rectified)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Power On Response: .05 sec. max.
Power Off Reset Time: .15 sec. min.
Start Switch Closure Time: .020 sec. to initiate
timing cycle; .050 sec. to reset delay during tim-
ing cycle
Power Consumption: 2 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
TIMING LIGHT LOGIC
Repeat Cycle: Flashing during ON time; Full On
during OFF time
Other Logic Modes: Flashing during timing; con-
tinuously on after time out
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12, 24, 48 V timers are pro-
tected by an 8.8 joule metal oxide varistor; 120,
240 V timers are protected by a 30 joule metal
oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: 11-pin plug
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MSO-0011P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
Humidity: 95% relative
TIMING
Selectable Time Ranges: .05 to 9.99 seconds;
.1 to 99.9 seconds; 1 to 999 seconds; .1 to 99.9
minutes; 1 to 999 minutes (times less than 50 ms
are not recommended due to the response time
of the mechanical relay)
Selectable Operating Logic Modes:
Repeat Cycle (50% fixed duty cycle)
Single Shot (1 shot)
Delay On Break (D.O.B.)
Interval (Intervl)
Delay On Make (D.O.M.)
PROGRAMMING
To program the timer, remove voltage from the
unit and select the operating logic mode and the
time range; use the digital switches to select the
required time (0 to 999)
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the Start switch,
2) Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other
wires (Start switch suppled by customer)
ORDERING INFORMATION
TIME RANGE 12 VDC 24 VDC 48 VDC 24 VAC 120 VAC 240 VAC
.05 sec. to 999 min. TMM-0999M-466 TMM-0999M-462 TMM-0999M-464 TMM-0999M-467 TMM-0999M-461 TMM-0999M-465
1-5
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Multi-Time Range Delay On Make
A1M Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Microprocessor controlled timing circuit
Five time ranges, user selectable
Easy 3-digit time cycle setting
±0.1% repeatability
Time cycles from 50 ms to over 16
hours
Timing light
Superior transient protection
Reinforced base locator pin
Flame-retardant polycarbonate housing
File #E59090
The A1M Series is a Delay On Make time
delay relay featuring easy to program mul-
tiple time ranges and digital time selection
with extremely high accuracy and repeat-
ability.
Programming is accomplished using a 5
position rotary switch to select one of five
time ranges. A 3-digit push-button switch
selects the amount of time delay required.
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the time delay is
initiated. At the end of the preset time delay,
the relay coil is energized and the con-
tacts transfer. Reset is accomplished by the
removal of input voltage.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Relay
Coil
Delay On Make Function
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: 3 digit push-button switch
Range: 50 ms to 999 minutes in 5 ranges
Repeatability: ±0.1%, ±.02 seconds over speci-
fied timing range
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Accuracy: ±1% of set time, plus fixed error of
80 ms max. (40 ms typical including power on
response time)
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120, 240 VAC; 12, 24,
VDC ±10% (DC models have reverse polarity pro-
tection. Unfiltered input voltage to them must be
full-wave rectified)
Power On Response: .05 sec. max.
Power Off Reset Time: .15 sec. min.
Power Consumption: 2 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
TIMING LIGHT LOGIC
Repeat Cycle: Flashing during timing; continu-
ously ON after time out
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12V, 24V timers are protected
by an 8.8 joule metal oxide varistor; 120, 240 V
timers are protected by a 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: 8-pin plug
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MSO-0008P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
Humidity: 95% relative
TIMING
Selectable Time Ranges: .05 to 9.99 seconds;
.1 to 99.9 seconds; 1 to 999 seconds; .1 to 99.9
minutes; 1 to 999 minutes (times less than 50 ms
are not recommended due to the response time
of the mechanical relay)
PROGRAMMING
To program the timer, remove power from the unit
and select the time range; use the digital switch-
es to select the required time (0 to 999)
ORDERING INFORMATION
TIME RANGE 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 120 VAC 240 VAC
.05 sec. to 999 min. A1M-0999M-466 A1M-0999M-462 A1M-0999M-467 A1M-0999M-461 A1M-0999M-465
3
NATIONAL CONTROLS
WEST CHICAGO,IL.60185
CORPORATION
MULTIPLE RANGE
SOLID STATE TIMER
MODEL: A1M-0999M-461
RANGE: .01SEC.-999MIN.
9.99S
99.9S
999S
99.9M
999M
RANGE SELECT
A1M-0999M-461
TIME SELECT
Time Range Select
Time Select
Timing Light
3.70 Max
2.90
.19 Max
1.75
(2729-1)
2.4
47
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Voltage
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
6
5
4
3
2
18
7
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-6
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Digital timing circuit
±1% repeatability
Time calibrated dial
Superior transient protection
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Internal components supported by
heavy-duty chassis
Reinforced base locator pin
Flame-retardant polycarbonate housing
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the time delay
cycle starts. At the end of the preset time
delay, the relay coil is energized and the
contacts transfer. Reset is accomplished by
the removal of input voltage.
Note: 1) Remote potentiometer leads should be shielded when
running close to other wires; 2) The minimum time setting on
external resistor-adjustable time delay relays is obtained by short-
ing together the external resistor terminals of the relay; 3) The
maximum time setting within tolerance limits is obtained by using
a 1 megohm resistor; 4) Timing values between the minimum
and maximum limits are linear with resistance within 10%; 5)
Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Relay
Coil
Delay On Make Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Knob or external resistor, factory
fixed on special order (min. order required)
Range: 50 ms to 1 hour in 8 ranges
Repeatability: ±1% at constant temperature
Accuracy: Maximum time -0%, +10%;
Minimum time +0%, -50%
Reset Time: 50 ms max. (25 ms typical)
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120, 240 VAC; 12, 24
VDC ±10% (DC models have reverse polarity pro-
tection. Unfiltered input voltage to them must be
full-wave rectified)
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12, 24 V timers are protected
by an 8.8 joule metal oxide varistor; 120, 240 V
timers are protected by a 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: 8-pin or 11-pin plug
Mounting: Socket mount, 8-pin part number
MSO-0008P-012; Socket mount, 11-pin part
number MSO-0011P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Delay On Make
T1 Series
ORDERING INFORMATION
TIME RANGE
12 VDC
KNOB ADJST.
8-PIN BASE
24 VDC
KNOB ADJST.
8-PIN BASE
24 VAC
KNOB ADJST.
8-PIN BASE
120 VAC
KNOB ADJST.
8-PIN BASE
120 VAC
REMOTE POT
11-PIN BASE
240 VAC
KNOB ADJST.
8-PIN BASE
.05 to 1 sec. — — — T1K-00001-461 — —
.1 to 10 sec. T1K-00010-466 T1K-00010-462 T1K-00010-467 T1K-00010-461 T1F-00010-461* T1K-00010-465
.3 to 30 sec. T1K-00030-466 — — T1K-00030-461 — —
.6 to 60 sec. T1K-00060-466 T1K-00060-462 T1K-00060-467 T1K-00060-461 T1F-00060-461* T1K-00060-465
1.8 to 180 sec. — — — T1K-00180-461 — —
3 to 300 sec. — — — T1K-00300-461 — —
6 to 600 sec. — — — T1K-00600-461 — —
36 to 3600 sec. — — — T1K-03600-461 — —
(3012-1)
1.75
2.40
.53
2.90
.85
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Voltage
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
6
5
4
3
2
18
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 11
10
9
8
7
Voltage
Input
(by Cust.)
Timing Resistor
* Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
External Resistance/Time Delay Relationship
1 megohm external resistance is required to obtain
the maximum time for all ranges. To determine the
actual resistance needed to obtain the required time
delay, use the following formula:
Note: Due to component tolerances, the actual time
obtained will normally be within 5% of desired time.
Rt= Trequired - Tminimum x 1,000,000 ohms
Tmaximum - Tminimum
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-7
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Delay On Make (Relay Output)
Q1T Series
FEATURES
Time delays to 10 hours standard
Solid state digital timing
100% functionally tested
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Sealed SPDT output contacts
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Epoxy encapsulated
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
Trimpot on-board with sealed cermet
element
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals L1, L2, the time
delay is initiated. At the end of the preset
time delay, the relay coil is energized and
the contacts transfer. Reset is accomplished
by removing voltage from the input termi-
nals.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Load
Delay On Make Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: On-board Trimpot
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 9 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% max. (0.25% typical) at con-
stant temperature
Accuracy: Max. time +10%, -0%;
Minimum time -30%, +0%
Reset Time: .25 seconds max., by removal of the
input voltage
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 12 VDC, 24 VAC/DC,
120 VAC/DC ±10%
Power Consumption: 3.5 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, SPDT (1 form C)
Rating: 8 A max. resistive at 250 VAC and 30
VDC; 100 mA at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 cycles
Electrical: 100,000 min. at full load
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 1000 P.l.V. components used
Isolation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, ter-
minals to mounting; 1500 VAC, RMS, input to
output
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 70°C
Humidity: 95% relative
ORDERING INFORMATION
TIME RANGE 12 VDC +10% 24 VAC/DC +10% 120 VAC/DC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. — — Q1T-00001-341
.25 to 5 sec. — — Q1T-00005-341
.5 to 10 sec. — Q1T-00010-347 Q1T-00010-341
3 to 60 sec. Q1T-00060-346 — Q1T-00060-341
15 to 300 sec. Q1T-00300-346 — Q1T-00300-341
30 to 600 sec. — — Q1T-00600-341
180 to 3600 sec. — — Q1T-03600-341
.25 to 5 hrs. — — Q1T-18000-341
.5 to 10 hrs. — — Q1T-36000-341
2.00 SQ.
.170 DIA.
N.C. N.O.
C
TIME DELAY
ADJUSTMENT ACCESS
ISOLATED
OUTPUT CONTACTS
C
L
C
L
(3667-3) INPUT
VOLTAGE
.885
1.25
CL
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (5 PL.)
Polarity Shown
is for D.C. Models
-+
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-8
Delay On Make (Series Load)
Q1T Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state digital timing
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Compact size
Low cost
Superior transient protection
Epoxy encapsulated
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
Trimpot on-board with sealed cermet
element
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Upon application of input
voltage, the time delay starts. At the end of
the time delay, the load is energized. Reset
is accomplished by removing input voltage.
Note: The load may be located on either side of the line
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Load
Delay On Make Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: On-board Trimpot
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 9 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy: Maximum time -0%, +10%;
Minimum time -30%, +0%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 12, 24, 120, 240 VAC/DC
±10% (on DC models, unfiltered supply voltage
must be full-wave rectified)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state normally open series load
Rating: Maximum current -1 A AC/DC (resistive
or inductive)
Life: 100,000,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Metal oxide varistor (see rat-
ings below)
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Isolation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
ORDERING INFORMATION
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
1.25
.88
.170
2.00 SQ.
3
1C
L
L
C
TERMINALS (4 PL.)
DIA.
(3667-2)
VOLTAGE
INPUT LOAD
TIME DELAY
A
DJUSTMENT
A
CCESS
Reset time, during timing 125 ms 125 ms 125 ms 125 ms
Reset time, after timeout 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
Min. load 10mA DC, 60 mA AC 10mA DC, 40 mA AC 10 mA 10 mA
Max. leakage current 2 mA 4 mA 2 mA 2 mA
Voltage drop at 1 A 3.3 V max. 3.3 V max. 3.3 V max. 3.3 V max.
Power consumption 0.25 VA max. 0.25 VA max. 0.5 VA max. 0.5 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 4 A 4 A 20 A 20 A
Protection 8.8j. MOV 8.8j. MOV 30j. MOV 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 12 VAC/DC +10% 24 VAC/DC +10% 120 VAC/DC +10% 240 VAC/DC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q1T-00001-316 Q1T-00001-317 Q1T-00001-311 Q1T-00001-315
.25 to 5 sec. Q1T-00005-316 Q1T-00005-317 Q1T-00005-311 Q1T-00005-315
.5 to 10 sec. Q1T-00010-316 Q1T-00010-317 Q1T-00010-311 Q1T-00010-315
3 to 60 sec. Q1T-00060-316 Q1T-00060-317 Q1T-00060-311 Q1T-00060-315
15 to 300 sec. Q1T-00300-316 Q1T-00300-317 Q1T-00300-311 Q1T-00300-315
30 to 600 sec. Q1T-00600-316 Q1T-00600-317 Q1T-00600-311 Q1T-00600-315
180 to 3600 sec. Q1T-03600-316 Q1T-03600-317 — —
.5 to 10 hrs. Q1T-36000-316 — — —
TIME RANGE 24 to 240 VAC/DC +10%
24 to 480 sec. Q1T-00480-31M
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-9
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Delay On Make (Series Load)
Q1F Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Time delays to 10 hours standard
Solid state digital timing
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Compact size
Low cost
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Upon application of input
voltage, the delay starts. At the end of the
time delay, the load is energized. Reset is
accomplished by removing input voltage.
Note: 1) The load may be located on either side of the line; 2)
Remote potentiometer leads should be shielded when running
close to other wires; 3) The minimum time setting on external
resistor-adjustable time delay relays is obtained by shorting
together the external resistor terminals of the relay; 4) The maxi-
mum time setting within tolerance limits is obtained by using
a 1 megohm resistor; 5) Timing values between the minimum
and maximum limits are linear with resistance within 10%; 6)
Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Load
Delay On Make Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: External resistor, factory fixed on
special order (min. order requirement)
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 9 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy: Maximum time ±2% at Rt = 1 meg-
ohms; Minimum time +0%, -30% at Rt = 0 ohm
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 12, 24, 120, 240 VAC/DC
±10% (on DC models, unfiltered supply voltage
must be full-wave rectified)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state, normally open series load
Rating: 1 A steady state max.
Life: 100,000,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Metal oxide varistor, see rat-
ings below
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Humidity: 95% relative
Reset time, during timing 125 ms 125 ms 125 ms 125 ms
Reset time, after timeout 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
Min. load 10mA DC, 60 mA AC 10mA DC, 40 mA AC 10 mA 10 mA
Max. leakage current 2 mA 4 mA 2 mA 2 mA
Voltage drop at 1 A 3.3 V max. 3.3 V max. 3.3 V max. 3.3 V max.
Power consumption, during
timing 0.25 VA max. 0.25 VA max. 0.5 VA max. 0.5 VA max.
Power consumption, after
timeout 3.0 VA max. 3.0 VA max. 3.0 VA max. 3.0 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
Protection 8.8j. MOV 8.8j. MOV 30j. MOV 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 12 VAC/DC +10% 24 VAC/DC +10% 120 VAC/DC +10% 240 VAC/DC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q1F-00001-316 Q1F-00001-317 Q1F-00001-311 —
.25 to 5 sec. Q1F-00005-316 Q1F-00005-317 Q1F-00005-311 Q1F-00005-315
.5 to 10 sec. Q1F-00010-316 Q1F-00010-317 Q1F-00010-311 —
3 to 60 sec. Q1F-00060-316 Q1F-00060-317 Q1F-00060-311 —
15 to 300 sec. Q1F-00300-316 Q1F-00300-317 Q1F-00300-311 Q1F-00300-315
30 to 600 sec. — — Q1F-00600-311 —
180 to 3600 sec. Q1F-03600-316 Q1F-03600-317 Q1F-03600-311 Q1F-03600-315
.25 to 5 hrs. Q1F-18000-316 Q1F-18000-317 Q1F-18000-311 —
.5 to 10 hrs. Q1F-36000-316 — Q1F-36000-311 Q1F-36000-315
ORDERING INFORMATION
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
1.25
.88
.170
2.00 SQ.
3
1
4
5
Rt
C
L
L
C
TERMINALS (4 PL.)
DIA.
(3667-1)
VOLTAGE
INPUT LOAD
Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
External Resistance/Time Delay Relationship
1 megohm external resistance is required to obtain
the maximum time for all ranges. To determine the
actual resistance needed to obtain the required time
delay, use the following formula:
Note: Due to component tolerances, the actual time
obtained will normally be within 5% of desired time.
Rt= Trequired - Tminimum x 1,000,000 ohms
Tmaximum - Tminimum
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-10
Delay On Make (Alarm Output)
Q1F Alarm Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Time delays to 10 hours standard
Loud audio alarm for use in noisy envi-
ronments
Solid state digital timing
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Low cost
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E165149
The Q1F Delay to Alarm Cube Timer is
intended for use as a Delay On Make audi-
ble alarm.
Operating Logic: Upon application of the
input voltage, the time delay starts. At the
end of the preset time delay the audible
alarm is activated. Reset is accomplished
by removing input voltage.
Note: 1) Remote potentiometer leads should be shielded when
running close to other wires; 2) The minimum time setting on
external resistor-adjustable time delay relays is obtained by short-
ing together the external resistor terminals of the relay; 3) The
maximum time setting within tolerance limits is obtained by using
a 1 megohm resistor; 4) Timing values between the minimum
and maximum limits are linear with resistance within 10%; 5)
Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Audio
Alarm
Delay On Make Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: External resistor, factory fixed on
special order (min. order requirement)
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 9 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy: Max. +0%, -30% at Rt = 0 ohm
Reset Time:
During Timing: 300 ms
After Timeout: 150 ms
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 or 240 VAC ±10%
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state Piezo Audio Alarm
Alarm Frequency: 3.15 kHz ±0.5 kHz
Sound Pressure Level: 76 dB at 1 meter
Life: 10,000,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 75°C
Operating Temperature: 0°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
TIME RANGE 120 VAC 50/60 Hz 240 VAC 50/60 Hz
.05 to 1 sec. — Q1F-00001-3A5
.25 to 5 sec. — Q1F-00005-3A5
.5 to 10 sec. — Q1F-00010-3A5
3 to 60 sec. Q1F-00060-3A1 Q1F-00060-3A5
15 to 300 sec. — Q1F-00300-3A5
30 to 600 sec. — Q1F-00600-3A5
180 to 3600 sec. Q1F-03600-3A1 Q1F-03600-3A5
.25 to 5 hrs. Q1F-18000-3A1 Q1F-18000-3A5
.5 to 10 hrs. Q1F-36000-3A1 Q1F-36000-3A5
ORDERING INFORMATION
Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
TIME DELAY RELAYS
.88
1.25
L
C
C
L
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (5 PL.)
.170
DIA.
2.00 SQ.
Input
Voltage
Rt
External Resistance/Time Delay Relationship
1 megohm external resistance is required to obtain
the maximum time for all ranges. To determine the
actual resistance needed to obtain the required time
delay, use the following formula:
Note: Due to component tolerances, the actual time
obtained will normally be within 5% of desired time.
Rt= Trequired - Tminimum x 1,000,000 ohms
Tmaximum - Tminimum
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-11
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
Delay on Make (Series Load)
Q1D Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Time delay from 1 to 1023 seconds in 1
second increments
Universal input voltage 24 to 240
VAC/DC
Solid state digital timing
Low cost
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E65038
Allows user to accurately set delay times up
to 1023 seconds without time consuming
trial and error adjustments.
Operating Logic: Upon application of input
voltage, the delay starts. At the end of the
time delay, the load is energized. Reset is
accomplished by removing input voltage.
Set the delay time by switching the appro-
priate combination of time values to the ON
position.
Note: The load may be located on either side of the line
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Load
Delay On Make Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: 10 position DIP switch
Range: 1 to 1023 seconds in one second incre-
ments. Zero time setting is undefined.
Repeatability: ±0.5% (0.25% typical) at constant
temperature
Accuracy: ±10% of set time +0.25 second
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24 to 240 VAC/DC ±10% (on
voltage must be full-wave rectified)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state, normally open series load
Rating: 1 A steady state max.
Life: 100,000,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
Reset time, during timing 125 ms
Reset time, after timeout 10 ms
Min. load 10mA or 1 VA, whichever is greater
Max. leakage current 2 mA
Voltage drop at 1 A 3.3 V max.
Power consumption, during timing 0.25 VA max.
Power consumption, after timeout 3.3 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 20 A
Protection 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 24 to 240 VAC/DC +10%
1 to 1023 sec. Q1D-01024-31M
ORDERING INFORMATION
TIME DELAY RELAYS
.170
DIA.
.885
1.25 MAX
.250 X .032 MALE
SPADE TERMINAL
(2 PL.)
7865/7/97
C
L
C
L
2.00 SQ.
1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
256
512
ON
OFF
10 POSITION SWITCH
VOLTAGE
INPUT LOAD
TIME DELAY SELECT
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-12
Delay On Make
K1 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
No false contact transfer when reset
during timing
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 5 minutes
Low cost
Compact size
Spade type base
Wide operating temperature range
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Polycarbonate, 94V-2 housing material
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the time delay
cycle starts. At the end of the preset time
delay, the relay coil is energized and the
contacts transfer. Reset is accomplished by
the removal of input voltage.
Note: 1) Remote potentiometer leads should be shielded when
running close to other wires; 2) The minimum time setting on
external resistor-adjustable time delay relays is obtained by short-
ing together the external resistor terminals of the relay; 3) The
maximum time setting within tolerance limits is obtained by using
a 1 megohm resistor; 4) Timing values between the minimum
and maximum limits are linear with resistance within 10%; 5)
Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Relay
Coil
Delay On Make Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Knob or external resistor, factory
fixed on special order (min. order required)
Range: 100 ms to 5 minutes in 5 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% at constant temperature and
reset time, but not less than 16 ms.
Accuracy: Maximum time +(10%, +20 ms)/-0%;
Minimum time -50%/+(0%, +20 ms)
Reset Time: 80 ms max.
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120 VAC; 12, 24 VDC
±10% (DC models have reverse polarity protec-
tion. Unfiltered input voltage to them must be full-
wave rectified)
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz (AC units)
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations
Full Load: 150,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12 and 24 V timers are pro-
tected by a 1 joule metal oxide varistor; 120 V
and 240 V timers are protected by a 5 joule metal
oxide varistor.
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: Spade (.187” x .020” terminal) type
plug-in base
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MSO-00KUP-012, or flange mount
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
TIME DELAY RELAYS
1.835 .25
2.125 .25
2.50
1.90
.625
.312
.437
Case 5
Case 6
Case 7
.156
2 Pl.
1.531
1.406
1
4
7
AB
9
6
3
Input
Voltage
3
6
9
BA
7
4
12
5
(By Cust.)
Timing Resistor
(3021-3)
Input
Voltage
Max.
.70
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
TIME RANGE
12 VDC
KNOB ADJST
CASE 6
12 VDC
REMOTE POT
CASE 5
24 VDC
KNOB ADJST
CASE 6
24 VDC
REMOTE POT
CASE 5
.1 to 10 sec. K1K-00010-666 K1K-00010-566 K1K-00010-662 —
.3 to 30 sec. K1K-00030-666 K1K-00030-566 — —
.6 to 60 sec. K1K-00060-666 K1K-00060-566 K1K-00060-662 K1F-00060-562
3 to 300 sec. K1K-00300-666 — K1K-00300-662 —
ORDERING INFORMATION
TIME RANGE
24 VAC
KNOB ADJST
CASE 6
24 VAC
REMOTE POT
CASE 5
120 VAC
KNOB ADJST
CASE 6
120 VAC
REMOTE POT
CASE 7
120 VAC
REMOTE POT
CASE 5
.1 to 5 sec. — — — K1K-00005-761 —
.1 to 10 sec. K1K-00010-667 K1K-00010-567 K1K-00010-661 — K1F-00010-561
.3 to 30 sec. — — K1K-00030-661 K1K-00030-761 —
.6 to 60 sec. — — K1K-00060-661 — K1F-00060-561
3 to 300 sec. K1K-00300-667 — K1K-00300-661 — —
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-13
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
Delay On Make
Z1 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 5 minutes
±1% repeatability
Fast-on terminals for quick installation
Low cost, open board construction
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the time delay
cycle starts. At the end of the preset time
delay, the relay coil is energized and the
contacts transfer. Reset is accomplished by
the removal of input voltage.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Relay
Coil
Delay On Make Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Trimpot, factory fixed on
special order (min. order required)
Range: 100 ms to 5 minutes in 4 ranges
(other ranges available on special order)
Repeatability: ±1% at constant temperature
Accuracy: Maximum -0%, +10%; Minimum time
+0%, -50%
Reset Time: 50 ms max. (25 ms typical)
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120 VAC; 24 VDC ±10%
(DC models have reverse polarity protection;
unfiltered input voltage to them must be full-wave
rectified)
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 24 V timers are protected by
an 8.8 joule metal oxide varistor; 120 V timers are
protected by a 30 joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: .25” standoffs, #6 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
TIME DELAY RELAYS
INC
3.00
3.625
1.50
2.125
.141 Dia.
(4 Holes)
.313
Typ.
.27
1.875
Input
Voltage
(3021-1)
Time Adjust
.25 X .032 Male
Fast-on (16 Pl.)
C
NO
NO
C
NC
NC
Polarity is shown
for DC models
L1 L2
TIME RANGE 24 VAC 120 VAC
.1 to 1 sec. — Z1T-00010-061
.6 to 60 sec. Z1T-00060-067 Z1T-00060-061
1.8 to 180 sec. Z1T-00180-067 —
3 to 300 sec. Z1T-00300-067 Z1T-00300-061
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-14 TIME DELAY RELAYS
Single Shot
T2 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 1 hour
±1% repeatability
Superior transient protection
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Internal components supported by
heavy-duty chassis
Reinforced locator pin
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Voltage is applied to the
timer at all times. Upon a momentary or
maintained closure of a normally open iso-
lated start switch, the output relay coil is
energized and the time delay starts. At the
end of the preset time delay, the relay coil
is de-energized and the timer is ready for a
new cycle.
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the Start switch, 2)
Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other wires
(Start switch supplied by customer)
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Relay
Coil
OpenSwitch
Start Closed
Single Shot Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Knob, factory fixed on special order
(min. order required)
Range: 100 ms to 1 hour in 7 ranges
Repeatability: ±1% at constant temperature
Accuracy: Maximum time -0%, +10%;
Minimum time +0%, - 50%
Reset Time: 400 ms max.
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120 VAC; 12, 24 VDC
±10% (DC models have reverse polarity protec-
tion; unfiltered input voltage to them must be full-
wave rectified)
Start Switch Closure Time: 20 ms min.
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, SPDT (1 form C) or DPDT;
(2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12 and 24 V timers are pro-
tected by an 8.8 joule metal oxide varistor; 120 V
timers are protected by a 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: 8-pin or 11-pin plug
Mounting: Socket mount, 8-pin part number
MSO-0008P-012; socket mount, 11-pin part
number MSO-0011P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
.53
2.90
.85
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Voltage
6
5
4
3
2
18
7
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
1.75
2.4
Start Switch
(by Cust.)
6
5
4
3
2
1 11
10
9
8
7
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Voltage
Start Switch
(by Cust.)
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
TIME RANGE
12 VDC
DPDT RELAY
11-PIN BASE
24 VDC
DPDT RELAY
11-PIN BASE
24 VAC
DPDT RELAY
11-PIN BASE
120 VAC
SPDT RELAY
8-PIN BASE
120 VAC
DPDT RELAY
11-PIN BASE
.1 to 10 sec. T2K-00010-466 T2K-00010-462 T2K-00010-467 T2K-00010-441 T2K-00010-461
.3 to 30 sec. — — — — T2K-00030-461
.6 to 60 sec. T2K-00060-466 T2K-00060-462 T2K-00060-467 T2K-00060-441 T2K-00060-461
1.8 to 180 sec. — — — — T2K-00180-461
3 to 300 sec. — — — — T2K-00300-461
6 to 600 sec. — — — — T2K-00600-461
36 to 3600 sec. — — — — T2K-03600-461
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-15
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Single Shot
Q2T Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state digital timing
Time delays to 5 hours standard
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Cost efficient
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Epoxy encapsulated
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
Trimpot on-board with sealed cermet
element
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Power is applied to the
timer at all times. Upon a momentary or
maintained closure of a normally open iso-
lated start switch, the output is energized
and the time delay starts. At the end of the
preset time delay, the output is de-ener-
gized and the unit is ready for a new cycle.
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the start switch; 2)
Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other
wires. (Start switch supplied by customer.)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Load
OpenSwitch
Start Closed
Single Shot Function
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: On-board Trimpot
Range: 50 ms to 5 hours in 8 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy: Maximum time +10%, -0%;
Minimum time -30%. +0%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 VAC ±10%
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state, normally open
Rating: 1 A resistive or inductive
Life: 100,000,000 cycles
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
76
.88
1.25
L
C
C
L
321
START
(3667-4)
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (5 PL.)
.170
DIA.
SWITCH
LOAD
INPUT
VOLTAGE
2.00 SQ.
ADJUSTMENT ACCESS
TIME DELAY
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
Trigger time (start switch
closure) 20 ms
Reset time 300 ms
Min. load 2 mA
Max. leakage current 200 uA
Voltage drop at 1 A 3.3 V max.
Power consumption 4.3 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 20 A
Protection 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 120 VAC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q2T-00001-321
.25 to 5 sec. Q2T-00005-321
.5 to 10 sec. Q2T-00010-321
3 to 60 sec. Q2T-00060-321
15 to 300 sec. Q2T-00300-321
30 to 600 sec. Q2T-00600-321
180 to 3600 sec. Q2T-03600-321
.25 to 5 hrs. Q2T-18000-321
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-16 TIME DELAY RELAYS
Single Shot
Q2F Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state digital timing
Time delays to 10 hours standard
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Low cost
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Input voltage is applied to
the timer at all times. Upon a momentary or
maintained closure of a normally open iso-
lated start switch, the load energizes and
the time delay starts. At the end of the pre-
set time delay, the load de-energizes and
the timer is ready for a new timing cycle.
(Start switch supplied by customer)
Note: 1) Remote start switch leads should be shielded when run-
ning close to other wires; 2) Remote potentiometer leads should
be shielded when running close to other wires; 3) The minimum
time setting on external resistor-adjustable time delay relays is
obtained by shorting together the external resistor terminals of
the relay; 4) The maximum time setting within tolerance limits is
obtained by using a 1 megohm resistor; 5) Timing values between
the minimum and maximum limits are linear with resistance within
10%; 6) Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Load
OpenSwitch
Start Closed
Single Shot Function
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: External resistor factory fixed on
special order (min. order requirement)
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 9 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time ±2% at Rt = 1 megohms
Minimum time +0%, -30% at Rt = 0 ohm
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 240 VAC; 12 VDC; 24
VAC/DC ±10% (DC models have reverse polarity
protection; unfiltered input voltage to them must
be full-wave rectified)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state, normally open
Rating: 1 A steady state
Life: 100,000,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Metal oxide varistor, see rat-
ings below
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
76
.88
1.25
Rt
5 4
2.00 SQ.
L
C
C
L
321
START
(3667-4)
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (7 PL.)
.170
DIA.
SWITCH
LOAD
INPUT
VOLTAGE
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
ORDERING INFORMATION
Trigger time (start switch closure) 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms
Reset time 200 ms 300 ms 300 ms 200 ms
Min. load 5 mA 5 mA 2 mA 2 mA
Max. leakage current 10 uA 10 uA 200 uA 300 uA
Voltage drop at 1 A 2.1 V 3.2 V 3.3 V 3.3 V
Power consumption 2.6 W 3.7 VA max. 4.3 VA max. 5.8 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 4 A 4 A 20 A 20 A
Protection 8.8j. MOV 8.8j. MOV 30j. MOV 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 12 VDC +10% 24 VAC/DC +10% 120 VAC +10% 240 VAC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q2F-00001-326 Q2F-00001-327 Q2F-00001-321 Q2F-00001-325
.25 to 5 sec. Q2F-00005-326 Q2F-00005-327 Q2F-00005-321 Q2F-00005-325
.5 to 10 sec. Q2F-00010-326 Q2F-00010-327 Q2F-00010-321 Q2F-00010-325
3 to 60 sec. Q2F-00060-326 Q2F-00060-327 Q2F-00060-321 Q2F-00060-325
15 to 300 sec. Q2F-00300-326 Q2F-00300-327 Q2F-00300-321 —
30 to 600 sec. Q2F-00600-326 Q2F-00600-327 Q2F-00600-321 Q2F-00600-325
180 to 3600 sec. Q2F-03600-326 Q2F-03600-327 Q2F-03600-321 —
.25 to 5 hrs. Q2F-18000-326 Q2F-18000-327 Q2F-18000-321 Q2F-18000-325
.5 to 10 hrs. Q2F-36000-326 — Q2F-36000-321 —
Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
Consult factory for any special requirements not listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may apply).
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms
min. between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on
terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8
screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
External Resistance/Time Delay Relationship
1 megohm external resistance is required to obtain
the maximum time for all ranges. To determine the
actual resistance needed to obtain the required time
delay, use the following formula:
Note: Due to component tolerances, the actual time
obtained will normally be within 5% of desired time.
Rt= Trequired - Tminimum x 1,000,000 ohms
Tmaximum - Tminimum
1-17
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Single Shot
K2 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Time delays to 10 seconds
Low cost
Compact size
Spade type base
Wide operating temperature range
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Polycarbonate, 94V-2 housing material
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Voltage is applied to the
timer at all times. Upon a momentary or
maintained closure of a normally open iso-
lated start switch, the output relay coil is
energized and the time delay starts. At the
end of the preset time delay, the relay coil
is de-energized and the timer is ready for a
new cycle.
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the Start switch;
2) Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other
wires (Start switch supplied by customer)
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Relay
Coil
OpenSwitch
Start Closed
Single Shot Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Knob, factory fixed on special
order (min. order required)
Range: 100 ms to 10 sec.
Repeatability: ±3% at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time +10%/-0%
Minimum time +0%/-50%
Reset Time: 200 ms max.
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 V AC ±10%
Start Switch Closure Time: 50 ms min.
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC 100 mA at
5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Timers are protected by a 5
joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: Spade (.187” x .020” terminal) type
plug-in base
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MS0-00KUP-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
2.125 .25
Case 6
1.531
1.406
(By Cust.)
Start Switch
(3021-4)
Input
Voltage
Max.
.70
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
3
6
9
BA
7
4
1
8
5
+-
TIME RANGE 120 VAC
.1 to 10 sec. K2K-00010-661
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-18
Multi-Range Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
T3M Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Microprocessor controlled timing circuit
Five time ranges, user selectable
Easy 3-digit time cycle setting
±0.1% repeatability
Time cycles from 50 ms to over 16
hours
Timing light
Superior transient protection
Reinforced base locator pin
Flame-retardant polycarbonate housing
File #E59090
The T3M Series is a Delay On Break time
delay relay featuring easy to program mul-
tiple time ranges and digital time selection
with extremely high accuracy and repeat-
ability. Programming is accomplished using
a 5 position rotary switch to select one
of five time ranges. A 3-digit push-button
switch selects the amount of time delay
required.
Operating Logic: Voltage is continuously
applied to the timer. Depending upon the
model, either a switch closure or applica-
tion of control voltage causes the relay coil
to be energized and remain so as long as
the switch is held closed or control voltage
is applied. Opening the switch or removing
the control voltage starts the timing cycle.
At the end of the preset time delay, the relay
coil de-energizes and the timer is ready for
a new timing cycle. If the start switch is re-
closed or control voltage is re-applied dur-
ing timing, the timer will reset and will not
start timing until the start switch is opened
or control voltage is removed. Control leads
should be shielded when close to other
leads.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Relay
Coil
Open
Closed
Delay On Break Function
0 V
120V
Start Switch Version
Control Voltage Version
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
TIME DELAY RELAYS
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: 3 digit push-button switch
Range: 50 ms to 999 minutes in 5 ranges
Repeatability: ±0.1%, ±.02 seconds over speci-
fied timing range
Accuracy: ±1% of set time, plus fixed error of 75
ms max. (10 ms typical)
Power On Response Time: 50 ms max.
Power Off Reset Time: Requires power interrup-
tion of .15 seconds min.
Start Switch Closure Time: 20 ms to initiate
timing cycle; 50 ms to reset delay during timing
cycle
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120 VAC; 12, 24 VDC
±10% (DC models have reverse polarity protec-
tion; unfiltered input voltage to them must be full-
wave rectified)
Power Consumption: 2 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12 and 24 V timers are pro-
tected by an 8.8 joule metal oxide varistor; 120
V timers are protected by a 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
Timing Light Logic: Flashing during timing; Full
ON after time out
MECHANICAL
Termination: 11-pin plug
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MSO-0011P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
Humidity: 95% relative
TIMING
Selectable Time Ranges: .05 to 9.99 seconds;
.1 to 99.9 seconds; 1 to 999 seconds; .1 to 99.9
minutes; 1 to 999 minutes; (times less than 50 ms
are not recommended due to the response time
of the mechanical relay)
3
NATIONAL CONTROLS
WEST CHICAGO,IL.60185
CORPORATION
MULTIPLE RANGE
SOLID STATE TIMER
MODEL: T3M-0999M-461
RANGE: .01SEC.-999MIN.
9.99S
99.9S
999S
99.9M
999M
RANGE SELECT
T3M-0999M-461
TIME SELECT
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
OR
Start
Switch
120 VAC
6
5
4
3
2
1 11
10
9
8
7
Control
Voltage *
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Time Range Select
Time Select
Timing Light
3.70 Max
2.90
.19 Max
1.75
(2729-1)
Voltage
2.4
47
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
+-
START OF TIMING METHOD 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 120 VAC
Start Switch T3M-0999M-466 T3M-0999M-462 T3M-0999M-467 T3M-0999M-461
Control Voltage — — — T3M-0999M-461V
ORDERING INFORMATION
1-19
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 1 hour
±1% repeatability
No false contact transfer when reset
during timing
Superior transient protection
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Internal components supported by
heavy-duty chassis
Reinforced locator pin
Flame-retardant polycarbonate housing
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Voltage is applied to the
timer at all times. Upon a closure of a nor-
mally open isolated start switch, the output
relay is activated and remains so as long as
the switch is kept closed. When the start
switch is opened, timing starts. At the end
of the preset time delay, the output relay is
deactivated and the timer is ready for a new
cycle.
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the start switch; 2)
Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other
wires; 3) If the start switch is reclosed during timing, the timer will
reset and will not start timing until Start switch is opened.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Relay
Coil
Open
Closed
Delay On Break Function
Switch
Start
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Knob, factory fixed on special
order (min. order required)
Range: 50 ms to 1 hour in 8 ranges
Repeatability: ±1% at constant tempera-
ture
Accuracy:
Maximum time -0%, +10%
Minimum time +0%, -50%
Reset Time: 400 ms max.
Start Switch Closure Time: 20 ms to initi-
ate timing; 50 ms to reset delay during tim-
ing
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120 VAC; 12, 24
VDC ±10% (DC models have reverse polar-
ity protection. Unfiltered input voltage to
them must be full-wave rectified)
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, SPDT (1 form C) or
DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100
mA at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12 and 24 V timers are
protected by an 8.8 joule metal oxide varis-
tor; 120 V timers are protected by a 30 joule
metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS
min. at 60 Hz between input and outputs
and between outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: 8-pin or 11-pin plug
Mounting: Socket mount, 8-pin part num-
ber MSO-0008P-012; socket mount, 11-pin
part number MSO-0011P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
T3 Series
.53
2.90
.85
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Voltage
6
5
4
3
2
18
7
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
1.75
2.4
Start Switch
(by Cust.)
6
5
4
3
2
1 11
10
9
8
7
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Voltage
Start Switch
(by Cust.)
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
TIME RANGE
12 VDC
DPDT RELAY
11-PIN BASE
24 VDC
DPDT RELAY
11-PIN BASE
24 VAC
DPDT RELAY
11-PIN BASE
120 VAC
SPDT RELAY
8-PIN BASE
120 VAC
DPDT RELAY
11-PIN BASE
.05 to 5 sec. — — — — T3K-00005-461
.1 to 10 sec. T3K-00010-466 T3K-00010-462 T3K-00010-467 T3K-00010-441 T3K-00010-461
.3 to 30 sec. — — — — T3K-00030-461
.6 to 60 sec. T3K-00060-466 T3K-00060-462 T3K-00060-467 T3K-00060-441 T3K-00060-461
1.8 to 180 sec. — — — — T3K-00180-461
3 to 300 sec. — — — — T3K-00300-461
6 to 600 sec. — — — — T3K-00600-461
36 to 3600 sec. T3K-03600-466 T3K-03600-462 T3K-03600-467 — T3K-03600-461
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-20 TIME DELAY RELAYS
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
Q3T Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state digital timing
Time delays to 1 hour standard
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Cost efficient
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Epoxy encapsulated
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
Trimpot on-board with sealed cermet
element
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Input voltage is applied to
the timer at all times. Upon closure of a nor-
mally open isolated start switch, the load is
energized and remains in this state as long
as the switch is kept closed. When the start
switch is opened, timing starts. At the end
of the preset time delay the output de-ener-
gizes and the unit is ready for a new cycle.
(Start switch supplied by customer.)
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the start switch;
2) Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other
wires; 3) If the start switch is re-closed during timing the timer will
reset and will not start timing until the start switch is opened.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Load
Open
Closed
Delay On Break Function
Switch
Start
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: On-board Trimpot
Range: 50 ms to 1 hour in 7 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy: Maximum time +10%, -0%;
Minimum time -30%, +0%
Reset Time: .5 seconds max. by removal of the
input voltage
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120/240 VAC ±10%
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state normally open
Rating: 1 A resistive or inductive
Life: 100,000,000 cycles
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Isolation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
76
.88
1.25
L
C
C
L
321
START
(3667-4)
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (5 PL.)
.170
DIA.
SWITCH
LOAD
INPUT
VOLTAGE
2.00 SQ.
ADJUSTMENT ACCESS
TIME DELAY
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
ORDERING INFORMATION
Trigger time (start switch closure) 20 ms
Reset time 500 ms
Min. load 2 mA
Max. leakage current 200 uA
Voltage drop at 1 A 3.3 V max.
Power consumption 4.3 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 20 A
Protection 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 120 VAC +10% 240 VAC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q3T-00001-321 —
.25 to 5 sec. Q3T-00005-321 —
.5 to 10 sec. Q3T-00010-321 —
3 to 60 sec. Q3T-00060-321 —
15 to 300 sec. Q3T-00300-321 Q3T-00300-325
30 to 600 sec. Q3T-00600-321 —
180 to 3600 sec. Q3T-03600-321 —
Consult factory for any special
requirements not listed in catalog
(minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-21
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
Q3F Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state digital timing
Time delays to 10 hours standard
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Low cost
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Input voltage is applied
to the timer at all times. Upon closure of a
normally open isolated start switch, the load
energizes and remains energized as long as
the switch is closed. When the start switch
opens, the timing cycle starts. At the end
of the preset time delay, the load de-ener-
gizes and the timer is ready for a new timing
cycle. (Start switch supplied by customer.)
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to start switch; 2) remote
start switch leads should be shielded when running close to
other wires; 3) If the start switch is re-closed during timing, the
delay will reset and will not start timing until the start switch
is opened; 4) Remote potentiometer leads should be shielded
when running close to other wires; 5) The minimum time setting
on external resistor-adjustable time delay relays is obtained by
shorting together the external resistor terminals of the relay; 6)
The maximum time setting within tolerance limits is obtained by
using a 1 megohm resistor; 7) Timing values between the mini-
mum and maximum limits are linear with resistance within 10%;
8) Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Load
Open
Closed
Delay On Break Function
Switch
Start
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: External resistor, factory fixed on
special order (min. order required)
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 9 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time ±2% at Rt = 1 megohm
Minimum time +0%-30% at Rt = 0 ohm
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 240 VAC; 12 VDC; 24
VAC/DC ±10% (DC models have reverse polarity
protection. Unfiltered input voltage to them must
be full-wave rectified)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state normally open
Rating: 1 A steady state
Life: 100,000,000 cycles
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule metal oxide varistor,
see ratings below
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Isolation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
76
.88
1.25
Rt
5 4
2.00 SQ.
L
C
C
L
321
START
(3667-4)
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (7 PL.)
.170
DIA.
SWITCH
LOAD
INPUT
VOLTAGE
Polarity Shown is
for DC Models
ORDERING INFORMATION
Trigger time (start switch closure) 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms
Reset time 200 ms 300 ms 200 ms 200 ms
Min. load 5 mA 5 mA 2 mA 2 mA
Max. leakage current 10 uA 10 uA 200 uA 300 uA
Voltage drop at 1 A 2.1 V max. 3.2 V max. 3.3 V max. 3.3 V max.
Power consumption 2.6 W 3.7 VA max. 4.3 VA max. 5.8 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 4 A 4 A 20 A 20 A
Protection 8.8j. MOV 8.8j. MOV 30j. MOV 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 12 VDC +10% 24 VAC/DC +10% 120 VAC +10% 240 VAC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q3F-00001-326 Q3F-00001-327 Q3F-00001-321 —
.25 to 5 sec. Q3F-00005-326 — Q3F-00005-321 Q3F-00005-325
.5 to 10 sec. Q3F-00010-326 Q3F-00010-327 Q3F-00010-321 Q3F-00010-325
3 to 60 sec. Q3F-00060-326 Q3F-00060-327 — —
15 to 300 sec. — Q3F-00300-327 Q3F-00300-321 Q3F-00300-325
30 to 600 sec. — Q3F-00600-327 — —
180 to 3600 sec. Q3F-03600-326 Q3F-03600-327 Q3F-03600-321 Q3F-03600-325
.25 to 5 hrs. — Q3F-18000-327 Q3F-18000-321 —
.5 to 10 hrs. Q3F-36000-326 — Q3F-36000-321 Q3F-36000-325
Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on
terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8
screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
External Resistance/Time Delay Relationship
1 megohm external resistance is required to obtain
the maximum time for all ranges. To determine the
actual resistance needed to obtain the required time
delay, use the following formula:
Note: Due to component tolerances, the actual time
obtained will normally be within 5% of desired time.
Rt= Trequired - Tminimum x 1,000,000 ohms
Tmaximum - Tminimum
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-22 TIME DELAY RELAYS
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
K3 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
No false contact transfer when reset
during timing
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 5 minutes
Low cost
Compact size
Spade type base
Wide operating temperature range
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Polycarbonate, 94V-2 housing material
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Input voltage is applied
to the timer at all times. Upon a closure of
a normally open isolated start switch, the
output relay is activated and remains so
as long as the switch is kept closed. When
the start switch is opened, timing starts. At
the end of the preset time delay, the output
relay is deactivated and the timer is ready
for a new cycle.
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the start switch; 2)
Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other
wires; 3) If the start switch is re-closed during timing, the timer
will reset and will not start timing until start switch is opened (Start
switch supplied by customer).
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Relay
Coil
Open
Closed
Delay On Break Function
Switch
Start
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Knob, factory fixed on special
order (min. order required)
Range: 100 ms to 5 min. in 3 ranges
Repeatability: ±3% at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time: +10%/-0%
Minimum time: -50%/+0%
Reset Time: 150 ms max.
Start Switch Closure Time: 50 ms to initiate tim-
ing; 100 ms to reset delay during timing
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 VAC ±10%
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC 100 mA at
5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 120 V timers are protected by
a 5 joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: Spade (.187” x .020” terminal) type
plug-in base
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MSO-00KUP-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
2.125 .25
Case 6
1.531
1.406
(By Cust.)
Start Switch
(3021-4)
Input
Voltage
Max.
.70
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
3
6
9
BA
7
4
1
8
5
+-
TIME RANGE 120 VAC
.1 to 10 sec. K3K-00010-661
.6 to 60 sec. K3K-00060-661
3 to 300 sec. K3K-00300-661
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-23
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Delay On Break (Retriggerable)
Z3 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
No false contact transfer when reset
during timing
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 5 minutes
±1% repeatability
Superior transient protection
Fast-on terminals for quick installation
Low cost, open board construction
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Trimpot on-board with sealed cermet
element
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Voltage is applied to the
timer at all times. Upon a closure of a nor-
mally open isolated start switch, the output
relay is activated and remains so as long as
the switch is kept closed. When the start
switch is opened, timing starts. At the end
of the preset time delay, the output relay is
deactivated and the timer is ready for a new
cycle.
Note: 1) Do not apply voltage or ground to the start switch; 2)
Switch leads should be shielded when running close to other
wires; 3) If the start switch is re-closed during timing, the timer
will reset and will not start timing until start switch is opened (Start
switch supplied by customer).
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Relay
Coil
Open
Closed
Delay On Break Function
Switch
Start
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Trimpot, factory fixed on spe-
cial order (min. order required)
Range: 3 to 300 sec.
Repeatability: ±1% at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time -0%, +10%
Minimum time +0%, -50%
Reset Time: 300 ms max.
Start Switch Closure Time: 20 ms to initiate tim-
ing; 50 ms to reset delay during timing
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 VAC ±10%
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC - 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Timers are protected by a 30
joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: .25” standoffs, #6 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
.187
SWITCH
SWITCH
START
START
.313 ±.032
INC
CLEARANCE FOR #6 SCREW
.250 X .032 MALE 'FAST-ON'
(10 PL.)
R12
.775
(4 PL.)
3.625 .±032
N.0.
Z3T-*****-061
N.0.
COM
L1
COM
L2
VAC
VOLTAGE
INPUT
120
3.000
N.C.
R
1.500
N.C.
K1
2.125 ±.032
.313
±.032
R
6360
+
-
TIME ADJUST
Polarity shown
for DC models
.27
1.875
TIME RANGE 120 VAC
3 to 300 sec. Z3T-00300-061
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-24 TIME DELAY RELAYS
Interval
S1 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 1 hour
±1% repeatability
Superior transient protection
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Internal components supported by
heavy-duty chassis
Reinforced base locator pin
Flame-retardant polycarbonate housing
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the relay coil is
activated and the timing cycle starts. At the
end of the preset time delay, the relay coil
is deactivated. Reset is accomplished by
removal of the input voltage.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Relay
Coil
Interval Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Knob, factory fixed on special order
(min. order required)
Range: 50 ms to 1 hour in 6 ranges
Repeatability: ±1% at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time -0%, +10%
Minimum time +0%, -50%
Reset Time: 50 ms max.
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120 VAC; 12, 24 VDC
±10% (DC models have reverse polarity protec-
tion; unfiltered input voltage to them must be full-
wave rectified)
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC 100 mA at
5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500.000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12 and 24 V timers are pro-
tected by an 8.8 joule metal oxide varistor; 120
V timers are protected by a 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: 8-pin plug-in base
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MSO-0008P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
(3012-4)
1.75
2.40
.53
2.90
.85
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Voltage
6
5
4
3
2
18
7
Polarity Shown is
for D.C. Models
TIME RANGE 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 120 VAC
.05 to 5 sec. — — — S1K-00005-461
.1 to 10 sec. S1K-00010-466 S1K-00010-462 S1K-00010-467 S1K-00010-461
.6 to 60 sec. S1K-00060-466 S1K-00060-462 — S1K-00060-461
1.8 to 180 sec. — — S1K-00180-467 S1K-00180-461
6 to 600 sec. — — — S1K-00600-461
36 to 3600 sec. — — — S1K-03600-461
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-25
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Interval (Relay Output)
Q4T Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state digital timing
Time delays to 10 hours standard
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Sealed S.P.D.T output contacts
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Epoxy encapsulated
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
Trimpot on-board with sealed cermet
element
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the relay is ener-
gized, the contacts transfer and the timing
cycle starts. At the end of the preset time
delay, the relay coil is de-energized and the
contacts return to their original state. Reset
is accomplished by removing voltage from
the input terminals.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Relay
Coil
Interval Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: On-board Trimpot
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 8 ranges
Repeatability: ±0.5% max. (0.25% typical) at
constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time +10%, -0%
Minimum time -30%, +0%
Reset Time: .25 sec. max., by removal of the
input voltage
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 VAC ±10%
Power Consumption: 3.5 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, SPDT (1 form C)
Rating: 8 A max. resistive at 250 VAC and 30
VDC; 100 mA at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 cycles;
Electrical: 100,000 min. at full load
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 1000 P.I.V. components used
Isolation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, ter-
minals to mounting; 1500 VAC, RMS, input to
output
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 70°C
Humidity: 95% relative
2.00 SQ.
.170 DIA.
N.C. N.O.
C
TIME DELAY
ADJUSTMENT ACCESS
ISOLATED
OUTPUT CONTACTS
C
L
C
L
(3667-3) INPUT
VOLTAGE
.885
1.25
CL
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (5 PL.)
Polarity Shown is
for DC Models
-+
TIME RANGE 120 VAC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q4T-00001-341
.25 to 5 sec. Q4T-00005-341
.5 to 10 sec. Q4T-00010-341
3 to 60 sec. Q4T-00060-341
15 to 300 sec. Q4T-00300-341
30 to 600 sec. Q4T-00600-341
18 to 3600 sec. Q4T-03600-341
.5 to 10 hrs. Q4T-36000-341
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-26
Interval
Q4F Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state digital timing
Time delays to 10 hours standard
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Low cost
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Upon application of input
voltage the load energizes and the timing
cycle starts. At the completion of the preset
time delay, the load is de-energized. Reset
is accomplished by removal of input voltage.
Note: 1) Remote potentiometer leads should be shielded when
running close to other wires; 2) The minimum time setting on
external resistor-adjustable time delay relays is obtained by short-
ing together the external resistor terminals of the relay; 3) The
maximum time setting within tolerance limits is obtained by using
a 1 megohm resistor; 4) Timing values between the minimum
and maximum limits are linear with resistance within 10%; 5)
Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Load
Interval Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: External resistor, factory fixed on
special order (min. order required)
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 9 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time ±2% at Rt = 1 megohm
Minimum time +0%-30% at Rt = 0 ohm
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 24 VAC/DC ±10% (DC
models have reverse polarity protection; unfiltered
input voltage to them must be full-wave rectified)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state, normally open
Rating: 1 A steady state
Life: 100,000,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Metal oxide varistor, see rat-
ings below
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
TIME DELAY RELAYS
.88
1.25
Rt
5 4
2.00 SQ.
L
C
C
L
321
(3667-7)
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (7 PL.)
.170
DIA.
LOAD
INPUT
VOLTAGE
Polarity Shown is
for DC Models
ORDERING INFORMATION
Trigger time (start switch closure) 75 ms 50 ms 150 ms 150 ms
Reset time 75 ms 50 ms 150 ms 150 ms
Min. load 5 mA 5 mA 2 mA 2 mA
Max. leakage current 20 uA 20 uA 100 uA 100 uA
Voltage drop at 1 A 2.1 V 3.2 V 3.3 V 3.3 V
Power consumption 3.0 W max. 3.0 VA max. 3.0 VA max. 3.0 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 4 A 4 A 20 A 20 A
Protection rev. V / 8.8j. MOV 8.8j. MOV 30j. MOV 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 12 VDC +10% 24 VAC/DC +10% 120 VAC +10% 240 VAC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q4F-00001-326 — Q4F-00001-321 Q4F-00001-325
.25 to 5 sec. Q4F-00005-326 Q4F-00005-327 Q4F-00005-321 Q4F-00005-325
.5 to 10 sec. Q4F-00010-326 Q4F-00010-327 Q4F-00010-321 Q4F-00010-325
3 to 60 sec. Q4F-00060-326 Q4F-00060-327 Q4F-00060-321 —
15 to 300 sec. Q4F-00300-326 — Q4F-00300-321 —
30 to 600 sec. Q4F-00600-326 — Q4F-00600-321 Q4F-00600-325
180 to 3600 sec. Q4F-03600-326 Q4F-03600-327 Q4F-03600-321 —
.25 to 5 hrs. — Q4F-18000-327 Q4F-18000-321 —
.5 to 10 hrs. Q4F-36000-326 Q4F-36000-327 Q4F-36000-321 Q4F-36000-325
Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
External Resistance/Time Delay Relationship
1 megohm external resistance is required to obtain
the maximum time for all ranges. To determine the
actual resistance needed to obtain the required time
delay, use the following formula:
Note: Due to component tolerances, the actual time
obtained will normally be within 5% of desired time.
Rt= Trequired - Tminimum x 1,000,000 ohms
Tmaximum - Tminimum
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-27
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Interval
Z4 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
No false contact transfer when reset
during timing
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 5 minutes
±1% repeatability
Fast-on terminals for quick installation
Low cost, open board construction
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Trimpot on-board with sealed cermet
element
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the relay coil is
activated and the timing cycle starts. At the
end of the preset time delay, the relay coil
is deactivated. Reset is accomplished by
removal of the input voltage.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Timing
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Relay
Coil
Interval Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Trimpot, factory fixed on spe-
cial order (min. order required)
Range: 3 to 300 sec. (other ranges avail-
able on special order)
Repeatability: ±1% at constant
temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time -0%, +10%
Minimum time +0%, -50%
Reset Time: 400 ms max.
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 VAC ±10%
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Timers are protected by a 30
joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 VAC, RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: .25” standoffs. #6 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
INC
3.00
3.625
1.50
2.125
.141 Dia.
(4 Holes)
.313
Typ.
.27
1.875
Input
Voltage
(3021-1)
Time Adjust
.25 X .032 Male
Fast-on (16 Pl.)
C
NO
NO
C
NC
NC
Polarity is shown
for DC models
L1 L2
TIME RANGE 120 VAC
3 to 300 sec. Z4T-00300-061
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-28 TIME DELAY RELAYS
Repeat Cycle
CKK Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 10 hours
±1% repeatability
Individually adjustable ON and OFF
times
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Internal components supported by
heavy-duty chassis
Reinforced base locator pin
Polycarbonate flame-retardant housing
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the OFF delay is
initiated. At the end of the OFF preset time,
the relay coil is activated and the ON delay
starts. At the end of the ON preset time, the
relay coil is deactivated and a new cycle
begins. The ON and OFF cycles will contin-
ue to alternate until voltage is removed.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Relay
Coil
Repeat Cycle Function
Adj. "On" Delay
Adj. "Off" Delay
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Knobs, factory fixed on special
order (min. order required)
Range: 50 ms to 1 hour in 8 ranges
Repeatability: ±1% at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time -0%, +10%
Minimum time +0%, -50%
Reset Time: 500 ms max.
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 12, 24 VDC; 24, 120 VAC
±10% (DC models have reverse polarity protec-
tion; unfiltered input voltage to them must be full-
wave rectified)
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 12 and 24 V timers are pro-
tected by an 8.8 joule metal oxide varistor 120
V timers are protected by a 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 V RMS min. at 60
Hz between input and outputs and between out-
puts
MECHANICAL
Termination: 8-pin plug
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MSO-0008P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
(3012-4)
1.75
2.40
.53
2.90
.63
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Input
PIN CONFIGURATION
Voltage
6
5
4
3
2
18
7
(3012-6)
Polarity Shown is
for DC Models
TIME RANGE 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VAC 120 VAC
.05 to 5 sec. — — — CKK-00005-461
.1 to 10 sec. CKK-00010-466 CKK-00010-462 CKK-00010-467 CKK-00010-461
.6 to 60 sec. CKK-00060-466 CKK-00060-462 CKK-00060-467 CKK-00060-461
1.8 to 180 sec. CKK-00180-466 CKK-00180-462 CKK-00180-467 CKK-00180-461
3 to 300 sec. — — — CKK-00300-461
6 to 600 sec. — — — CKK-00600-461
18 to 1800 sec. — — — CKK-01800-461
36 to 3600 sec. — — — CKK-03600-461
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-29
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
External Resistance/Time Delay Relationship
1 megohm external resistance is required to obtain
the maximum time for all ranges. To determine the
actual resistance needed to obtain the required time
delay, use the following formula:
Note: Due to component tolerances, the actual time
obtained will normally be within 5% of desired time.
Rt= Trequired - Tminimum x 1,000,000 ohms
Tmaximum - Tminimum
Repeat Cycle
Q6F Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state digital timing
Time delays to 10 hours standard
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Low cost
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Upon application of input
voltage, the OFF delay is initiated. At the
end of the OFF preset time, the load is acti-
vated and the ON delay starts. At the end of
the ON preset time, the load is deactivated
and a new cycle begins. The ON and OFF
cycles will continue to alternate until input
voltage is removed.
This timer is available with ON time
occurring first logic.
Note: 1) Remote potentiometer leads should be shielded when
running close to other wires; 2) The minimum time setting on
external resistor-adjustable time delay relays is obtained by short-
ing together the external resistor terminals of the relay; 3) The
maximum time setting within tolerance limits is obtained by using
a 1 megohm resistor; 4) Timing values between the minimum
and maximum limits are linear with resistance within 10%; 5)
Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
On
Off
On
Off
Input
Voltage
Adj. "Off" Delay
Adj. "On" Delay
On
Off
Adj. "On" Delay
Adj. "Off" Delay
Load
"On" Time
First
Load
"Off" Time
First
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: External resistor, factory fixed on
special order (min. order requirement)
Range: 50 ms to 10 hours in 9 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (.25% typical) at
constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time ±2% at Rt = 1 megohm
Minimum time +0%, -30% at Rt = 0 ohm
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 240 VAC; 12 VDC; 24
VAC/DC ±10%; (DC models have reverse polarity
protection. Unfiltered input voltage to them must
be full-wave rectified)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state, normally open
Rating: 1 A steady state
Life: 100,000,000 operations
76
.88
1.25
Rt
5 4
2.00 SQ.
L
C
C
L
321
(3667-8)
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (7 PL.)
.170
DIA.
LOAD
INPUT
VOLTAGE
Rt
Off Time
On Time
Polarity Shown is
for DC Models
ORDERING INFORMATION
Trigger time (start switch closure) 500 ms 500 ms 500 ms 500 ms
Reset time 500 ms 500 ms 500 ms 500 ms
Min. load 5 mA 5 mA 2 mA 2 mA
Max. leakage current 100 uA 100 uA 100 uA 100 uA
Voltage drop at 1 A 2.1 V max. 3.2 V max. 3.3 V max. 3.3 V max.
Power consumption 2.6 W max. 3.7 VA max. 4.3 VA max. 5.8 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 4 A 4 A 20 A 20 A
Protection rev. voltage 8.8j. MOV 30j. MOV 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 12 VAC/DC +10% 24 VAC/DC +10% 120 VAC +10% 240 VAC +10%
OFF TIME FIRST LOGIC
.05 to 1 sec. Q6F-00001-326 Q6F-00001-327 Q6F-00001-321 Q6F-00001-325
.25 to 5 sec. Q6F-00005-326 Q6F-00005-327 Q6F-00005-321 Q6F-00005-325
.5 to 10 sec. Q6F-00010-326 Q6F-00010-327 Q6F-00010-321 Q6F-00010-325
3 to 60 sec. Q6F-00060-326 Q6F-00060-327 Q6F-00060-321 Q6F-00060-325
15 to 300 sec. — Q6F-00300-327 Q6F-00300-321 Q6F-00300-325
30 to 600 sec. Q6F-00600-326 — Q6F-00600-321 Q6F-00600-325
180 to 3600 sec. — — Q6F-03600-321 —
.25 to 5 hrs. Q6F-18000-326 — — Q6F-18000-325
.5 to 10 hrs. — — — Q6F-36000-325
ON TIME FIRST LOGIC
3 to 60 sec. Q6F-00060-336 — Q6F-00060-331 —
30 to 600 sec. — — Q6F-00600-331 —
Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
Consult factory for any special requirements not listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may apply).
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Metal oxide varistor
see rating below
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC,
RMS, terminals to mounting
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms
min. between terminals and case
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-30 TIME DELAY RELAYS
Flasher
Q8F Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Only one timing component required
Solid state digital timing
Time delays to 5 minutes standard
20:1 maximum to minimum timing ratio
Low cost
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E65038
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the load is ener-
gized for the duration of the preset time
delay. At the end of this time delay, the load
is de-energized for the duration of the pre-
set time delay. The load is then energized
again and the timer continues to repeat this
on-off cycle until input voltage is removed.
Both on and off times are the same and are
determined by Rt.
Note: 1) Rt and terminals 4 and 5 are used for external time
adjustment; 2) Remote potentiometer leads should be shielded
when running close to other wires; 3) The minimum time setting
on external resistor-adjustable time delay relays is obtained by
shorting together the external resistor terminals of the relay; 4)
The maximum time setting within tolerance limits is obtained by
using a 1 megohm resistor; 5) Timing values between the mini-
mum and maximum limits are linear with resistance within 10%;
6) Recommend 1/4 W minimum resistor be used.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Load
Timing Timing
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: External resistor, factory fixed on
special order (min. order requirement)
Range: 50 ms to 5 minutes in 5 ranges
Repeatability: ±.5% +8 ms max. (0.25% typical)
at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time ±2% at Rt = 1 megohm
Minimum time +0%, -30% at Rt = 0 ohm
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 VAC ±10%
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state, normally open
Rating: 1 A steady state
Life: 100,000,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Metal oxide varistor (see rat-
ing below)
Dielectric Breakdown: 3000 VAC, RMS, termi-
nals to mounting
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative
External Resistance/Time Delay Relationship
1 megohm external resistance is required to obtain
the maximum time for all ranges. To determine the
actual resistance needed to obtain the required time
delay, use the following formula:
Note: Due to component tolerances, the actual time
obtained will normally be within 5% of desired time.
Rt= Trequired - Tminimum x 1,000,000 ohms
Tmaximum - Tminimum
45
1.25
.88
321
L
C
L
C
Rt
.25 X .032 MALE FAST-ON
TERMINALS (5 PL.)
2.00 SQ.
.170
DIA.
(3667-7)
LOAD
VOLTAGE
INPUT
Polarity Shown is
for DC Models
ORDERING INFORMATION
Trigger time (start switch closure) 500 ms
Reset time 500 ms
Min. load 2 mA
Max. leakage current 100 uA
Voltage drop at 1 A 3.3 V
Power consumption 4.3 VA max.
Peak 1 cycle surge 20 A
Protection 30j. MOV
TIME RANGE 120 VAC +10%
.05 to 1 sec. Q8F-00001-321
.25 to 5 sec. Q8F-00005-321
.5 to 10 sec. Q8F-00010-321
3 to 60 sec. Q8F-00060-321
15 to 300 sec. Q8F-00300-321
Optional Potentiometer: Part Number ASY-0001M-450
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-31
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Repeat Cycle
Z6 Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Digital timing circuit
Time delays to 10 seconds
±1% repeatability
Individually adjustable ON and OFF
times
Components protected by conformal
coating
Low cost, open board construction
Superior transient protection
Fiberglass reinforced circuit board
Trimpot on-board with sealed cermet
element
File #E59090
Operating Logic: Upon application of volt-
age to the input terminals, the OFF delay is
initiated. At the end of the OFF preset time,
the relay coil is activated and the ON delay
starts. At the end of the ON preset time, the
relay coil is deactivated and a new cycle
begins. The ON and OFF cycles will contin-
ue to alternate until voltage is removed.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
On
Off
On
Off
Input
V
oltage
Relay
Coil
Repeat Cycle Function
Adj. "On" Delay
Adj. "Off" Delay
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: Trimpot, factory fixed on special
order (min. order required)
Range: .1 to 10 sec.
Repeatability: ±1% at constant temperature
Accuracy:
Maximum time -0%, +10%
Minimum time +0%, -50%
Reset Time: 500 ms max.
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 VAC ±10%
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay DPDT (2 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive at 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: Timers are protected by a 30
joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 V RMS min. at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: .25” standoffs, #6 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
Z6T-180/5-001
N.C.
N.0.
COM
N.C.
N.0.
COM
L1L2
3.50
2.00
3.00
1.50
INPUT
VOLTAGE
CLEARANCE FOR #6 SCREW
(4 PL.)
.250
.250 X .031 MALE 'FAST-ON'
(8 PL.)
3310/12/92
"ON" DELAY
ADJUSTMENT
INCINC
R
Z6T-180/5-001
ADJUSTMENT
"OFF" DELAY
- +
Polarity shown
for DC models
.27
1.875
TIME RANGE 120 VAC
.1 to 10 sec. Z6T-00010-061
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-32 TIME DELAY RELAYS
Universal Voltage Input Buffer
ASY-INPUT-BUFR
FEATURES
Universal control voltage range: 12 to
240 VAC/DC
Controls all NCC timers requiring start
switch input
No need for isolated start switch con-
tacts
Easy interface to programmable logic
controllers
Completely solid state, no moving parts
to wear out
Circuitry completely encapsulated
Low cost
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E164906
The universal input buffer will take any volt-
age from 10.6 to 265 VAC/DC and actuate
any NCC timer requiring a start switch to
initiate a timing cycle.
Operating Logic: Upon application of input
voltage, the output becomes an effective
contact closure (within 50 ms). Upon remov-
al of input voltage, the output becomes an
effective open circuit (within 50 ms).
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
On
Off
Closed
Open
Control
Input
Output
50 mSec.
max.
50 mSec.
max.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT
AC: 10.6 to 265 VAC 50/60 Hz, 5 mA max.
DC: 10.6 to 265 VDC 5 mA max.
Input-Output Delay: 50 ms max.
OUTPUT
Effective contact closure for NCC timers:
Closure: VAC = 9 to 265, 50/60 Hz (6 mA max.)
Closure: VDC = 9 to 265, (6 mA max.)
Voltage drop across output: 2.2 VAC/VDC max.
at I=6 ma
Output leakage: At Vin= 0 VDC and Vout = 265
VDC, leakage is 25 uA DC max.
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric breakdown: 3000 Vrms terminal to
mounting; 1500 Vrms input to output
Insulation resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x .032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Humidity: 95% relative max.
.250 X .032 MALE
SPADE TERMINAL
(4 PLACES)
West Chicago, IL.
ASY-INPUT-BUFR
1 3
60185
Model No.:
5 4
OUTPUT
(TO START SW)
CONTROL INPUT
12-240 VAC/DC
INPUT BUFFER
TO NCC
TIMER-TRIGGER
INPUTS
V
INPUT VOLTAGE SOURCE
1.25
.885
2.00 SQ.
Corporation
National Controls
.170
DIA.
(Typical Wiring Diagram)
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE PART NUMBER
12 to 240 VAC/DC ASY-INPUT-BUFR
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
1-33
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Fan and Light Control
Model T1517
FEATURES
One switch controls fan and light
Digital timing circuit
Saves energy by automatically turning
exhaust fan off
Adjustable fan turn off time
Fits single switch outlet box
Simple wire nut hook-up
Cover plate and hardware provided
File #E95644
Operating Logic: Voltage is applied to the
unit at all times via the black and white
wires. When the switch is placed in the ON
position, power is applied to the lamp and
fan output. When the switch is placed in the
TIMED position, the power is removed from
the lamp output and the fan output stays
on for the preset delay time. After the delay
time the power is removed from the fan out-
put.
Should the switch be placed in the ON
position during the delay time, the timer will
be reset and both outputs will be ON as
defined above.
Should power be interrupted, when in the
TIMED position, the timer will be reset and
when power is re-applied the fan output will
be ON for the preset delay time after the
power is re-applied.
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
Switch
Light
Fan
On
Time
On
Off
On
Off
Delay
1-60 Minutes
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
Adjustment: On-board Trimpot
Range: 1 to 60 minutes
Repeatability: ±0.5% +8ms max.
Accuracy:
Maximum time -0%, +10%
Minimum time -30%, +0%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 VAC ±10%
Power Consumption: 3.5 VA max. at 120 VAC
(exclusive of loads)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
A-Lamp Load (Switch): 500 W at 120 VAC max.
(blue wire)
B-Fan Load (Switch and Relay Contact):
1/3 hp, 10 A (resistive) at 120 VAC max. (red wire)
Life: 100,000 cycles at full load
MECHANICAL
Mounting: Fits single switch outlet box
Electrical: Simple wire nut hook-up
Switch color: Black
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 55°C
Humidity: 95% relative
WIRING DIAGRAM
LINE (BLK)
NEUTRAL
120 VAC
(WHT)
BLUE
LIGHT
MOTOR
RED
FAN
1.3
.50
WALL PLATE
(ATTACH AFTER INSTALLATION OF UNIT)
WALL PLATE
5.0
2.75
SATIN ALUMINUM
#6-32X7/8 SCREW (2 PL.)
PROVIDED FOR BOX
MOUNTING
ALL 4 WIRES ARE 18 AWG,
U.L. STYLE 1015, .031 INSULATION
LENGTH MEASURED
FROM THE COVER: 5.5"
±
1.0",
.5" .125" STRIP AND TIN TYP.
±
5801
LAMP
LINE (BLK)
120 VAC
BLUE
NEUTRAL
(WHT)
MOTOR
RED
FAN
WIRING DIAGRAM
R
R
45
60
P/N TNC-T1517-120
West Chicago, IL. 60185
National Controls
(MINUTES)
TIME SET Min.
Max.
1
Corporation
15
30
TIME
ON
C
L
C
L
.781
1.562
.906
1.812
1.187
2.375
1.640
3.281
2.063
4.125
1.7
TIMING DELAY
ADJUSTMENT
.187 X .50
SLOT (2 PL.)
Note: The following hardware is supplied with this
product: 2 screws for unit / wall mounting; satin
aluminum wall plate with 2 screws; 4 wire connectors
(screws and wire connectors packed in plastic bag)
INPUT VOLTAGE ADJ. OFF DELAY SWITCH COLOR PART NUMBER
120 VAC 1 to 60 min. BLACK TNC-T1517-120
120 VAC 1 to 60 min. WHITE TNC-T1517-120W
ORDERING INFORMATION
Consult factory for any special requirements not listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may apply).
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1-34 TIMER ACCESSORIES
24" ± 1"
22 GA. .032 - 105˚ C UL STYLE 1015 WIRE
3/8" x 32 THREADS
3/8"
3/8" x 32 NUT
INSULATING TUBING OVER TERMINALS
1/4" x .032 FEMALE FASTONS
1
20
40
60
80
100
%
2.00
2.00
.05
.375 dia.
C
L
.900
.625
MKN-TK191-011
5.75
.065 ± .015
.45
.33
7.00
.065 ± .015
.45
.33
.57 .50
.50 typ.
.25
.437
.500
1.76
2.26
1.76
1.85
.90
.16
.28
Potentiometer
NCC remote mounting potentiometers have 24”
wire leads, dust protection, 1/4” shaft (no knob)
and are calibrated to provide constant timing.
These are suitable for mounting through a panel
and can be used with a dial and knob.
A locking bushing is used in place of knob to
secure setting. Not for use on K or CKK Series
timers.
Dial Plate
Range 1 to 100% Dial Plate is shown, others
shown in chart are typical.
Hold-down Straps
A locking bushing is used in place of knob to
secure setting. Used on all plug in timers with
knobs except K and CKK Series.
Mounting Bracket
1 Megohm remote potentiometer ASY-0001M-450
Locking bushing MLO-K1701-011
ORDERING INFORMATION
Dial Plate - Range: 1 to 100% MDP-0100%-011
Dial Plate - Range: .05 to 2 sec. MDP-00002-011
Dial Plate - Range: .05 to 5 sec. MDP-00005-011
Dial Plate - Range: .1 to 10 sec. MDP-00010-011
Dial Plate - Range: .3 to 30 sec. MDP-00030-011
Dial Plate - Range: .6 to 60 sec. MDP-00060-011
Dial Plate - Range: 1.2 to 120 sec. MDP-00120-011
Dial Plate - Range: 1.8 to 180 sec. MDP-00180-011
Dial Plate - Range: 3 to 300 sec. MDP-00300-011
Knob: 1” skirt, 1/4” hole, brass insert MKN-TK191-011
ORDERING INFORMATION
Hold-down strap for K Series timers ASY-STRAP-5.75L
Hold-down strap for T, S, A, and CKK
timers ASY-STRAP-7.00L
Locking bushing MLO-010MM-.75
ORDERING INFORMATION
Mounting bracket for 1/16 DIN
enclosure MBK-1/16D-011
ORDERING INFORMATION
1-35
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TIMER ACCESSORIES
1.299
165 dia.
1.575
2.362
1.299
.984
.709
.866
.165 dia.
Mounting Holes
2 pl.
.315
65 4 3
7 2
1
8
23
1
4
5
678
910 11
1.299
.315
2.323
2.632
1.299
1.063
.709
.866
.165 dia.
.165 dia.
Terminal
Arrangement
Top View
Mounting Holes
2 pl.
1
2
3
45678
9
10
11
1.844
1.312
1.844
.156
6 5 4
321
B A
987
1.457
0.165 DIA
0.709
0.571
0.987
2.205
0.315
1.417
1.693
0.165
2.992
Terminal
Arrangement
Top View
Mounting Holes (2)
Sockets
8-pin circular socket, DIN rail
mountable MSO-0008P-012
ORDERING INFORMATION
11-pin circular socket, DIN rail
mountable MSO-0011P-012
ORDERING INFORMATION
11-pin circular socket for DIN panel
mount MSO-0011P-013
ORDERING INFORMATION
11-pin spade socket, DIN rail
mountable MSO-00KUP-012
ORDERING INFORMATION
Notes
2-1
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
AMETEK NCC Liquid Level Controls are reli-
able and accurate controls that are designed
to detect and control levels of electrically con-
ductive liquids within a range of 0 to 250,000
ohms. These resistance sensor controls pro-
vide users with the ability to maintain fluid lev-
els in a variety of sophisticated equipment.
AMETEK NCC has been designing and manu-
facturing liquid level controls for more than 25
years, producing controls that exceed user
standards and expectations for long-life and
reliability.
Standard logic functions include Pump-Up
and Pump-Down models. Different model fea-
tures include Dual Probe Resistance Sensors,
Low Water Detect Resistance Sensors, Pump-
Up Logic with Time Delayed Output, Pump-Up
Logic with Heater Burn Out Protection, Dual
Probe/Dual Logic Resistance Sensors and
Single Probe Sensors.
In addition, AMETEK NCC offers impressive
factory back-up support. Our parts inventory
and product availability is unsurpassed. With
over 250 stocking distributor outlets, serious
downtime problems can virtually be elimi-
nated. Technical assistance for design and
engineering help is readily available through
our toll free number: 800-323-2593.
Common Applications:
Low Level Pump Controls
Metering Systems
Conveyor Motor Controls
Milk Receiver Pump Controls
Industrial Wastes Pump Controls
Low Water Cutoff and Alarms
Steam Boilers
Foam/Liquid Interface Indication
Deep Well Pump Low Level Cutoff
Water Tank Control
Solenoid Valve Control
Motorized Valve Control
Food Processing Control
Bilge Pump Control
Chemical Batching
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
2-2 LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
Resistance Sensors (Single Probe)
05SLA and 05SLB Series
FEATURES
Solid state sensing circuitry
Single probe level detection
User adjustable sensing resistance
Rugged octal plug-in housing
Heavy duty internal construction
100% functionally tested
File #E61377
These controls utilize a single probe input
for maintaining a level of liquid. A built-in
time delay prevents rapid cycling. They are
packaged in a standard octal plug-in hous-
ing. The probe and sensing circuit are iso-
lated from line voltage via a transformer. The
probe is driven with an AC signal to prevent
plating. The output is an electro-mechanical
relay rated at 10 A.
Operating Logic: In the Model 05SLA
(Pump Down) the output relay is deactivated
as long as no liquid is in contact with the
probe. As the liquid makes contact with the
probe, a time delay is initiated. At the end
of the time delay, the output relay is acti-
vated until the liquid breaks contact with the
probe.
In the Model 05SLB (Pump Up) the out-
put relay is deactivated as long as the liquid
is in contact with the probe. As the liquid
drops away from the probe, a time delay
is initiated. At the end of the time delay,
the output relay is activated until the liquid
touches the probe again.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
If the tank is non-conductive, a second
(common) probe must be installed at a level
where it will always be submerged.
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing: Probe resistance
above set point activates output relay after a
fixed time delay
Time Delay: 5 sec. ±10%, other delay times
available
Sensing Voltage: 18 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Current: 2.0 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment: 1K to 250 K ohms ±10%
factory set at 100 K ohms ±10%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120 or 230 VAC ±10%
Power Consumption: 1.2 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, SPDT (1 form C)
Rating: 10 A resistive at 120, 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC minimum load current
Life:
Mechanical: 5,000,000 cycles
Electrical: 100,000 min. at full load
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
MECHANICAL
Terminations: 8-pin octal plug
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MS0-0008P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
OHMS
1K 250K
SENSITIVITY
ADJUST
3.45 MAX
2.90
SENSITIVITY ADJUST
ACCESS COVER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
VOLTAGE
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
8
INPUT
COMMON
PROBE
1K-250K OHMS
NATIONAL CONTROLS
CORPORATION
WEST CHICAGO, IL. 60185
SENSE RANGE:
MODEL:
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
FILE NO.LR33434
FILE NO.E61377
LNC-05SLB-441
1.75
2.40
C
L
PIN CONFIGURATION
DWG\4787/9/93
N.C.
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
05SLA - Pump Down 24 VAC —
05SLA - Pump Down 120 VAC LNC-05SLA-441
05SLA - Pump Down 230 VAC —
05SLB - Pump Up 24 VAC LNC-05SLB-447
05SLB - Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-05SLB-441
05SLB - Pump Up 230 VAC LNC-05SLB-445
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
Probe, 6” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-06.00-OSS
Probe, 12” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-12.00-OSS
Probe, 24” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-24.00-OSS
Probe Assembly, Plastic Body LLP-001/2-011
Octal Socket, Back Panel Mount MSO-0008P-012
Hold Down Strap for Control ASY-STRAP-7.00L
Consult factory for any special requirements not
listed in catalog (minimum order requirement may
apply).
2-3
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe)
DLA and DLB Series
FEATURES
Solid state sensing circuitry
Dual probe level detection
User adjustable sensing resistance
Rugged octal plug-in housing
Heavy duty internal construction
File #E61377
This family of Level Controls provides high
and low level sensing with Pump Up or
Pump Down capabilities. They are pack-
aged in a standard octal plug-in housing.
The probe and sensing circuit are isolated
from line voltage via a transformer. The
probe is driven with an AC signal to prevent
plating. The output is an electro-mechanical
relay rated at 10 A.
Operating Logic: In the Model DLA (Pump
Down) the output relay is activated when
the upper probe detects the presence of liq-
uid and it remains activated until the lower
probe detects the absence of liquid.
In the Model DLB (Pump Up) the out-
put relay is activated when the lower probe
detects the absence of liquid and it remains
activated until the upper probe detects the
liquid.
If the tank is non-conductive, a third
(common) probe must be installed at a level
where it will always be submerged.
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing:
DLA Models: Probe resistance below set point
activates relay
DLB Models: Probe resistance above set point
activates relay
Sensing Voltage: 18 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Current: 2.0 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment: 1K to 250 K ohms
±10%, factory set at 100k ohms ±10%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120 or 230 VAC, ±10%
Power Consumption: 1.2 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, SPDT (1 form C)
Rating: 10 A resistive at 120, 240 VAC; 100 mA
at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 5,000,000 cycles
Electrical: 100,000 min. at full load
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
MECHANICAL
Terminations: 8-pin octal plug
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MS0-0008P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
OHMS
1K 250K
SENSITIVITY
ADJUST
3.45 MAX
2.90
SENSITIVITY ADJUST
ACCESS COVER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1K-250K OHMS
NATIONAL CONTROLS
CORPORATION
WEST CHICAGO, IL. 60185
SENSE RANGE:
MODEL:
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
FILE NO.LR33434
FILE NO.E61377
LNC-00DLA-441
1.75
2.40
C
L
VOLTAGE
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
8
INPUT
PROBE COM
LOW
PROBE
PROBE
HI
PIN CONFIGURATION
DWG\4787/9/93
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
DLA - Pump Down 24 VAC LNC-00DLA-447
DLA - Pump Down 120 VAC LNC-00DLA-441
DLA - Pump Down 230 VAC LNC-00DLA-445
DLB - Pump Up 24 VAC LNC-00DLB-447
DLB - Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-00DLB-441
DLB - Pump Up 230 VAC LNC-00DLB-445
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
Probe, 6” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-06.00-OSS
Probe, 12” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-12.00-OSS
Probe, 24” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-24.00-OSS
Probe Assembly, Plastic Body LLP-001/2-011
Octal Socket, Back Panel Mount MSO-0008P-012
Hold Down Strap for Control ASY-STRAP-7.00L
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
2-4
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe)
Models NS127, NS128 and NS143
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Isolated UL Class ll sensing voltage
1/4” male fast-ons for circuit connection
Conformal coating to protect circuit
from harsh environments
File #E61377 Model NS127
and NS128 only
Operating Logic: In the Model NS127
Pump Down) the output relay is de-ener-
gized until the liquid reaches the high probe.
When liquid touches the high probe, the
output relay is activated until the level drops
below the low probe.
In Models NS128 and NS143 (Pump Up)
the output relay is energized until the liq-
uid reaches the high probe. When the liquid
touches the high probe, the output relay is
deactivated until the level drops below the
low probe.
If the tank is non-conductive, a third
(common) probe must be installed at a level
where it will always be submerged.
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing:
NS127: Probe resistance below set point acti-
vates relay
NS128 and NS143: Probe resistance above set
point activates relay
Sensing Voltage: 15 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Current: 2 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment:
NS127 and NS128: Factory set at 100k ohms
±10%
NS143: Factory set at 50 K ohms ±10%
OUTPUT
Type:
NS127 and NS128: Isolated relay contacts, SPDT
(1 Form C)
NS143: Relay contact SPST-NO switches L1 to
normally open terminals
Rating:
NS127 and NS128: 10 A resistive at 120 VAC, 5 A
resistive at 240 VAC
NS143: 5 A resistive at 120, 240 VAC, 100 mA at
5 VDC minimum load current
Life:
Mechanical:
NS143: 5,000,000 cycles
NS127, NS128: 10,000,000
Electrical: 100,000 min. at full load
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 240 VAC, ±10%
Power Consumption: 3.0 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
MECHANICAL
Terminations: 1/4” x .032” male fast-ons
Mounting:
NS127 and NS128: 4 -.141” dia. mounting holes
NS143: 2 -.187” dia. mounting holes
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -20°C to 55°C
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
2.12
3.00
1.50
L1N.O.
L H
To probes
and tank
3.62
4.00
Isolated relay Input
(4) .14 Dia Mounting holes
C
COM
output Voltage
(3672-6)
NS127, NS128
N.C. L2
.19
.44
L1
L2 N.O. L H C
2.12
2.50
1.56
3.12
2.00
Input
Voltage
To Probes
and Tank
L
To conductive tank
High Probe
.
Low Probe
Typical Probe Connection
To Level Control
NS143
Mounting holes
C
(3672-3)
LOAD
.19
PROBES
(2) .187 Dia.
H
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
Pump Down 120 VAC LNC-NS127-120
Pump Down 240 VAC LNC-NS127-240
Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-NS128-120
Pump Up 240 VAC LNC-NS128-240
Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-NS143-120
Pump Up 240 VAC LNC-NS143-240
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
Probe, 6” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-06.00-OSS
Probe, 12” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-12.00-OSS
Probe, 24” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-24.00-OSS
Probe Assembly, Plastic Body LLP-001/2-011
2-5
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
Resistance Sensors (Pump Up Logic with Heater Burn Out Protection)
Models NS210 and NS211
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state sensing circuitry
Isolated UL Class ll sensing voltage
1/4” male fast-ons for circuit connection
Conformal coating to protect circuit
from harsh environments
File #E61377
Operating Logic: Assuming an empty tank,
upon application of voltage to the system,
the fill output is turned on and the heat-
er output is off. As the liquid fills the tank,
and when it reaches the low probe (above
heater), the heater output is turned on. The
level will rise until it reaches the high probe
causing the fill output to turn off. As liquid
is removed from the tank, 2 to 4 seconds
after it breaks contact with the high probe,
the fill output is turned on and stays on until
the liquid reaches the high probe. This time
delay eliminates fill output chatter if the liq-
uid is splashing.
If the tank is non-conductive, a third
(common) probe must be installed at a level
where it will always be submerged.
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing:
On low probe: probe resistance below set
point activates heater output
On high probe: probe resistance above set
point activates fill output after a 2 to 4 sec.
delay
Sensing Voltage: 15 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Current: 2 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment: Factory set at
50 K ohms ±10%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 24, 120, 240 VAC, ±10%
Power Consumption: 3.0 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, switch loads to L1
Rating: 5 A resistive at 240 VAC
Life:
Mechanical: 5,000,000 cycles
Electrical: 100,000 min. at full load
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
MECHANICAL
Terminations: 1/4” x .032” male fast-ons
Mounting: 4 - .141” dia. mounting holes
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: 0°C to 55°C
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
L2 L1 LOW HEAT FILL
C
To Probes
and Tank
3.50
4.00
2.25
1.25
4.50
5.00
.25
.25
NS210
Input
Voltage
1.75 max.
LIGHT
(5) .14 Dia
Low
Light
Heat
L H
Mounting Holes
Fill
(3672-1)
(3672-2)
PROBES
FILL
HEAT
HEAT
FILL
Input
Voltage
To Probes
and Tank
3.50
4.00
2.50
3.00
1.75
Max.
L H
To conductive
tank
High Probe
Low Probe
Typical Probe Connection
Heating
Element
To Level Control
L H C
L1 L2
(4) .14 Dia
C
Mounting Holes
NS211
.25
.25
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
Pump Up 24 VAC LNC-NS210-024
Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-NS210-120
Pump Up 240 VAC LNC-NS210-240
Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-NS211-120
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
Probe, 6” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-06.00-OSS
Probe, 12” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-12.00-OSS
Probe, 24” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-24.00-OSS
Probe Assembly, Plastic Body LLP-001/2-011
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
2-6
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe)
Models NS129, NS132 and NS139
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state sensing circuitry
Isolated UL Class ll sensing voltage
Adjustable sensitivity by Trimpot
#6 screw terminal connections
Conformal coating to protect circuit
from harsh environments
File #E61377
Operating Logic: In Models NS129 and
NS139 (Pump Down) the output relay is de-
energized until the liquid reaches the high
probe. When liquid touches the high probe,
the output relay is activated until the level
drops below the low probe.
In Models NS132 (Pump Up) the output
relay is energized until the liquid reaches
the high probe. When the liquid touches the
high probe, the output relay is deactivated
until the level drops below the low probe.
If the tank is non-conductive, a third
(common) probe must be installed at a level
where it will always be submerged.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing:
NS129 and NS139: Probe resistance below set
point activates relay
NS132: Probe resistance above set point acti-
vates relay
Sensing Voltage: 15 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Current: 2.0 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment: Adjustable by a Trimpot
from .1-100 K ohms +10%, -0%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 240 VAC, ±10%
Power Consumption: 11 VA max. for 120 VAC
units
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type:
NS129 and NS132: Relay contacts SPDT
(1 Form C)
NS139: Relay contacts DPDT (2 Form C)
Rating: 10 A resistive at 120 VAC; 5 A resistive at
240 VAC; 100 mA at 5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 cycles
Electrical: 100,000 min. at full load
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
MECHANICAL
Terminations: Terminal blocks with #6 screw
connections
Mounting: 4-.141” dia. mounting holes
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -20°C to 55°C
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
NS129, NS132
2.12
3.00
To probes
and tank
3.62
4.00
(4) .14 Dia
Mounting Holes
Isolated Relay
Output Input
Voltage
1.75
Sens.
Adjust
Increase
N.C. N.O. COM.
L1 L2
L H C
(3673-1)
.19
.44
(3673-2)
1.75
Increase
Adjust
Sens.
2.62
3.00
Mounting holes
(4) .14 Dia
NS139
N.C. N.O. COM.
Output
Isolated Relay
N.C. N.O. COM.
Voltage
Input
Output
Isolated Relay
and tank
To probes
L
H
C
4.62
5.00
L1 L2
.19
.19
L
To conductive tank
High Probe
.
Low Probe
Typical Probe Connection
To Level Control
C
H
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
Pump Down 120 VAC LNC-NS129-120
Pump Down 240 VAC LNC-NS129-240
Pump Down 120 VAC LNC-NS139-120
Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-NS132-120
Pump Up 240 VAC LNC-NS132-240
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
Probe, 6” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-06.00-OSS
Probe, 12” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-12.00-OSS
Probe, 24” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-24.00-OSS
Probe Assembly, Plastic Body LLP-001/2-011
2-7
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe, Dual Logic)
Model NS146
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state sensing circuitry
Isolated UL Class ll sensing voltage
Selectable logic
Conformal coating to protect circuit
from harsh environments
File #E61377
Operating Logic: By switching a program
wire from position A to B, the user can
select either pump down (Mode A), or pump
up (Mode B) logic.
In Mode A, the load is de-energized until
the liquid reaches the high probe. When liq-
uid touches the high probe, the load is acti-
vated until the level drops below the low
probe.
In Mode B, the load is energized until the
liquid reaches the high probe. When liquid
reaches the high probe, the load is deac-
tivated until the level drops below the low
probe.
If the tank is non-conductive, a third
(common) probe must be installed at a level
where it will always be submerged.
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing:
Mode A: Probe resistance below set point acti-
vates load
Mode B: Probe resistance above set point acti-
vates load.
Sensing Voltage: 30 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Current: 1 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment: Factory set at
50 K ohms ±20%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 240 VAC, ±10%
Power Consumption: 3.0 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Single pole solid state switch
Rating: 7.5 A resistive at 120, 240 VAC; 1/3 hp
rated at 120, 240 VAC
Life:
Electrical: 1,000,000 min. at full load
Note: Contact factory for higher rating requirements.
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
Transient Voltage: Protected by 30 joule metal
oxide varistor
Coating: Conformally coated with RTV to protect
against moisture
MECHANICAL
Terminations: #8 screw for input voltage, .25” x
.032” fast-ons for load, .187” x .020” fast-ons for
probes
Mounting: 2-3/16” slots on 3.5” center in alumi-
num chassis
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -20°C to 55°C
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
1.87
Chassis
Aluminum
AB
L1 L2
LOAD
C
L
H
Program Wire
C
L
2.81
Input Voltage
.187 Mounting Slots
2 places
To Probes
and Tank
3.50
(MOUNTING C/C)
4.00
L H C
To conductive tank
High Probe
.
Low Probe
Typical Probe Connection
To Level Control
(3672-4)
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
Pump Down/Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-NS146-120
Pump Down/Pump Up 240 VAC LNC-NS146-240
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
Probe, 6” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-06.00-OSS
Probe, 12” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-12.00-OSS
Probe, 24” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-24.00-OSS
Probe Assembly, Plastic Body LLP-001/2-011
Program wire selects Pump Down Mode A
or Pump Up Mode B.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
2-8
Resistance Sensors (Dual Probe, Dual Voltage) 1hp Solid State Output
Model NS141
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
16 A 1 hp solid state output rating
120/240, 100/200 VAC operation
voltages
Solid state sensing circuitry
Isolated UL Class ll sensing voltage
Adjustable sensitivity by Trimpot
1/4” male fast-ons for circuit connection
Conformal coating to protect circuit
from harsh environments
File #E61377
Operating Logic: In Model NS141-A10
(Pump Down) the load is de-energized until
the liquid reaches the high probe. When liq-
uid touches the high probe, the load is acti-
vated until the level drops below the low
probe.
Model NS141-B10 (Pump Up): The load
is energized until the liquid reaches the high
probe. When liquid touches the high probe,
the load is deactivated until the level drops
below the low probe.
On both models a red light is activated
when the load is off. If the tank is non-con-
ductive, a third (common) probe must be
installed at a level where it will always be
submerged.
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing:
NS141-A10/A100: Probe resistance below set
point activates relay
NS141-B10/B100: Probe resistance above set
point activates relay
Sensing Voltage: 30 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Current: 1 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment: Factory set at
50 K ohms, ±20%
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
OUTPUT
Type: Single-pole solid state switch
Rating: 16 A 1 hp at 120, 240 VAC
Life:
Electrical: 1,000,000 min. at full load
INPUT
Operating Voltage:
NS141-A10: 120 VAC, ±10%, between COM
and 120 terminals
NS141-B10: 240 VAC, ±10%, between COM
and 240 terminals
NS141-A100: 100 VAC, ±10%, between COM
and 120 terminals
NS141-B100: 200 VAC, ±10%, between COM
and 240 terminals
Power Consumption:
NS141-A10/B10: 3.0 VA max.
NS141-A100/B100: 4.0 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
Transient Voltage: Protected by a 30 joule metal
oxide varistor
MECHANICAL
Terminations: 1/4” x .032” male fast-ons for
input voltage and load, .187” x .020” fast-ons for
probes
Mounting: 2 - 3/16” slots on 3.5” center in alumi-
num chassis
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: 0°C to 65°C
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
240V120VCOM
LNC-NS141-*10
240 V COM120 V
LOAD
HI LO
COM
3.50
4.00
1.40
2.80
.187 X .020 MALE
FAST-ON (3 PL)
.250 X .032 MALE
FAST-ON (6 PL)
.10
.312
MAX
1.70
.250
R
R
E61377
A B
IDLE
(RED LED)
LOAD
120 V
COM 240V120V
240 V COM
COM HI LO
075
120 VAC
240 VAC
INPUT VOLTAGE
LOAD
NOTE: MUST USE COM TO 120 V
OUTPUT WHEN 120V INPUT IS USED
MUST USE COM TO 240 V OUTPUT
WHEN 240 V INPUT IS USED
4
8
12
16
0
68 (20) 104 (40) 140 (60) 176 (80)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE F ( C)
MAXIMUM LOAD VS. AMBIENT
LOAD CURRENT (AMPS RMS)
075
075
075
075
075
075 075
075
12" X 12" HEATSINK
10" X 10" HEATSINK
6" X 6" HEATSINK
NO HEATSINK
4608/12/94
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
Pump Down 120/240 VAC LNC-NS141-A10
Pump Up 120/240 VAC LNC-NS141-B10
Pump Down 100/200 VAC LNC-NS141-A100
Pump Up 100/200 VAC LNC-NS141-B100
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
2-9
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
Resistance Sensors (Single Probe, Pump Up Logic with Time Delayed Output)
Models NS156 and NS159
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state sensing circuitry
Isolated UL Class ll sensing voltage
1/4” male fast-ons for circuit connection
Conformal coating to protect circuit
from harsh environments
File #E61377
Operating Logic: As liquid is removed from
a tank and contact with a probe is interrupt-
ed, a fixed time delay is started. At the end
of the time delay, the output is activated
until the level rises and contacts the probe.
On Model NS159, when the output is
turned on, a fault timer is started. If the out-
put is still on at the end of the fault time, the
fault timer will shut the output off until volt-
age is removed and re-applied to the con-
trol system. The purpose of the fault timer is
to eliminate overflow due to an open probe.
If the tank is non-conductive, a second
(common) probe must be installed at a level
where it will always be submerged.
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing: Probe resistance
above set point activates fill output after a
fixed time delay
Sensing Voltage: 15 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Current: 2 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment:
NS156: Factory set at 100 K ohms ±10%
NS159: Factory set at 500 K ohms ±10%
Activate Time Delay:
NS156: 5 sec. ±1 sec.
NS159: 1 sec. ±.5 sec.
Fault Timer Delay, NS159: 300 sec. ±15%
Contact factory for other sensitivity and time delay requirements.
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 240 VAC, ±10%
Power Consumption: 3.0 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type:
NS156: Solid state switch, .75 A at 25°C, .34 A
at 77°C
NS159: Relay contact, 2 A at 120 VAC
Life:
NS156: 1,000,000 cycles min. at full load
NS159: 300,000 cycles min. at full load
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
Transient Voltage: Protected by 30 joule metal
oxide varistor
Coating: Conformally coated with RTV to protect
against moisture
MECHANICAL
Terminations: 1/4” x .032” fast-ons
Mounting: 2 -.218” dia. holes
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature:
NS156: +5°C to 77°C
NS159: +5°C to 65°C
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
To Conductive
Tank
Probe
Typical Probe Connection
3.50
1.22 1.12
2.75 .37
WATER
SOLENOID
Input
Mounting Bracket
by Customer
To Probe
NS156
.25
P
1.40
L2
L1
Load
.22 Dia.
2 places
Probe
Terminal
Probe
Com
Com
P
(3673-3)
To Level Control
Voltage
Mounting
Holes
Common
Probe
Common
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
Pump Up 120 VAC LNC-NS156-120
Pump Up 240 VAC LNC-NS156-240
Pump Up/Fault Timer 120 VAC LNC-NS159-120
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
Probe, 6” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-06.00-OSS
Probe, 12” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-12.00-OSS
Probe, 24” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-24.00-OSS
Probe Assembly, Plastic Body LLP-001/2-011
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
2-10
Resistance Sensors (Low Water Detect Logic)
Model NS157
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Solid state sensing circuitry
Isolated UL Class ll sensing voltage
1/4” male fast-ons for circuit connection
Conformal coating to protect circuit
from harsh environments
File #E61377
Operating Logic: The output relay is acti-
vated when liquid touches the probe. As the
liquid level drops below the probe, the relay
is deactivated.
If the tank is non-conductive, a second
(common) probe must be installed at a level
where it will always be submerged.
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL TYPE
On/Off Resistance Sensing: Probe resistance
below set point activates output relay
Sensing Voltage: 20 VAC, max. RMS
Sensing Circuit: 2 mA, max. RMS
Sensitivity Adjustment: Factory set at
50 K ohms ±10%
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120, 240 VAC, ±10%
Power Consumption: 3.0 VA max.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: SPDT relay, isolated contacts
Rating: 5 A resistive at 120 VAC 100 mA at
5 VDC min. load current
Life:
Mechanical: 2,000,000 cycles
Electrical: 100,000 min. at full load
PROTECTION
Isolation: 1500 VAC between probe and other
terminals
MECHANICAL
Terminations: 1/4” x .032” male fast-ons
Mounting: 4 -.141” dia. mounting holes
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: 0°C to 70°C
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL SERIES
240V120VCOM
LNC-NS141-*10
240 V COM120 V
LOAD
HI LO
COM
3.50
4.00
1.40
2.80
.187 X .020 MALE
FAST-ON (3 PL)
.250 X .032 MALE
FAST-ON (6 PL)
.10
.312
MAX
1.70
.250
R
R
E61377
A B
IDLE
(RED LED)
LOAD
120 V
COM 240V120V
240 V COM
COM HI LO
075
120 VAC
240 VAC
INPUT VOLTAGE
LOAD
NOTE: MUST USE COM TO 120 V
OUTPUT WHEN 120V INPUT IS USED
MUST USE COM TO 240 V OUTPUT
WHEN 240 V INPUT IS USED
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOGIC TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
Low Water Detect 120 VAC LNC-NS157-120
Low Water Detect 240 VAC LNC-NS157-240
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
Probe, 6” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-06.00-OSS
Probe, 12” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-12.00-OSS
Probe, 24” Long, 1/4” Dia., S.S. LLP-24.00-OSS
Probe Assembly, Plastic Body LLP-001/2-011
2-11
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
1.299
165 dia.
1.575
2.362
1.299
.984
.709
.866
.165 dia.
Mounting Holes
2 pl.
.315
65 4 3
7 2
1
8
Socket
8-pin Circular Socket, DIN Rail
Mountable MSO-0008P-012
ORDERING INFORMATION
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL ACCESSORIES
Hold-down Strap
Hold-down Strap for Plug-In Level
Sensors ASY-STRAP-7.00L
ORDERING INFORMATION
Probe Holder
Metal parts are 300 series non-magnetic
stainless steel. These internally conductive
glass-seal probe holders will withstand up to
2500 psi or 700°F.
The probe holders are rated at 250 V and can
be used in steam applications up to 250 psi.
Probe Holder with Ground LLH-11383-010
ORDERING INFORMATION
Probes
Stainless Steel 6” Probe LLP-06.00-OSS
Stainless Steel 12” Probe LLP-12.00-OSS
Stainless Steel 24” Probe LLP-24.00-OSS
ORDERING INFORMATION
Button Probe
Button Probe LLP-001/2-011
ORDERING INFORMATION
3.3 26 REF .
.360 .718 .437 .687 .625
.410 dia.
3/8 x18 DRYSEAL TAPER
PIPE TREAD (SAE SHORT)
1.250
TERMINAL NUT
8 - 32 NC - 2 THREAD
2 PLACES
.531 dia.
STAINLESS STEEL SHELL
AL2O
3
INSULATOR
S.S. CONNECTOR
NUT
TERMINAL NUT
.687
1/4 - 20 NC - 2
11/32 FULL THREAD
13/16
HEX
3/8
HEX
GLASS SEAL
1/2–1/8
L–1/8
1/4 dia.
CHAMFER 1/32 x 45¦
7.00
.065 ± .015
.45
.33
.45
1.50 MAX.
.30 MAX.
.750
#8 - 32 THREAD
TERMINAL
.50 x 20 THREAD
’O’ RING SEAL
ULTEM PLASTIC
BODY
STAINLESS STEEL
PROBE
.1.00
.875
.dia.
Notes
3-1
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
AMETEK NCC Digital Temperature Indicators,
Controllers and Timers allow the constant
monitoring of temperature for various equip-
ment applications. These controls are built
to withstand rugged environments and still
remain accurate, providing a high level of
quality performance.
AMETEK NCC offers impressive factory back-
up support and our parts inventory and prod-
uct availability is unsurpassed. With over 250
stocking distributor outlets, serious downtime
problems can virtually be eliminated. Technical
assistance for design and engineering help is
readily available through our toll free number:
800-323-2593.
Common Applications:
Walk-in Refrigerators
Coolers/Freezers
Food Warmers
Convection Ovens
Testing Chambers/Ovens
Dry Cleaning Machinery
Testing (Brew Temperature)
Commercial Dishwashers
Coffee Urns
Heating and Air Conditioning Testing
Kitchen Grease Filters
Heat Sensitive Equipment
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
3-2 TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
Digital Temperature Controller
TC140 Series
FEATURES
Compact design
Easy-to-read 4-digit LED display
Time displays in hr./min.
Temperature display in Fahrenheit or
Celsius
Non-volatile storage of programmed
parameters
Watchdog timer ensures reliability
4-button, moisture-resistant keyboard
using snap-action sealed switches
Diagnostic messages for fault condi-
tions
Front panel keyboard programming of
time and temperature
HEAT ON indicator
Accurate and durable thermocouple
temperature sensing
Convenient operating voltage ranges
Heavy duty stainless steel front panel
File #E104595
The Model TC140 is a Digital Temperature
Controller which features an independent
count-up timer. The controller uses a Type
K thermocouple and is microprocessor con-
trolled. The regulation temperature can be
set in one degree increments within speci-
fied limits. Hysteresis, Offset and Fahrenheit
or Celsius are selected via front panel
switches. The HEAT ON light indicates out-
put relay activation. Actual sensed tempera-
ture is normally shown on the digital display.
The control has diagnostic messages for
open probe and memory failure.
Operating Logic: The timer function is
started by pressing the TIME START but-
ton. The digital display will then alternate
between probe temperature and elapsed
time in hours and minutes. The timer func-
tion is cancelled by pressing the TIME
START button again.
Setting Regulation Point: Press the TEMP
button momentarily. The display will flash
SET and PNT briefly then flash the setpoint
value. The and buttons can now be
used to adjust the temperature regulating
setpoint. Press the TEMP button again to
cause the control to regulate to the new set-
point.
Setting Hysteresis: The turn-on and turn-
off temperature around a setpoint can be
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
separately adjusted to ±20°F. Press and
hold the , and TEMP buttons for .5 sec-
ond. The display will alternate between ON
and the turn-on value. The and but-
tons can now be used to change this value.
Press the TEMP button again and the OFF
value will be displayed. The and but-
tons can now be used to change the OFF
value. Pressing the TEMP button again will
return the control to normal operation and
will store the new settings. The hysteresis
is set to -1°F, +0°F as shipped from the
factory.
Setting Offset: The displayed value can be
changed by ±20°F relative to actual sensed
temperature value. This feature corrects for
disparity of location of the probe and the
volumetric center of the heating chamber.
Press and hold the TIME and TEMP but-
tons, then also press and hold the and
buttons. After one second the display
will flash OFF and SET briefly then will flash
the offset value. At this point, the and
buttons can be used to adjust the offset.
Pressing the TEMP button programs the
control for the new value. The offset is set
to 0 as shipped from the factory.
Diagnostic Messages: An open
probe will cause the digital dis-
play to show PROB and will dis-
able the output until input voltage
is removed and re-applied. If a
memory loss or failure occurs, the
digital display will show FAIL and
the output will be disabled. Input
voltage should be removed and
re-applied. If the FAIL message is
gone, recheck programmed param-
eters and resume operation. If the
FAIL message reappears, contact
the factory for service.
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
18 to 28 VAC TNC-TC140-A010
90 to 135 VAC TNC-TC140-A120
198 to 242 VAC TNC-TC140-A220
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Type K Thermocouple, Bead Tip Probe, 6’ ASP-CH/AL-011
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated Probe, 24” ASP-CH/AL-013
Type K Thermocouple, Probe with 6’ Lead ASP-CH/AL-016
Type Ke Thermocouple, Probe with 10’ Lead ASP-CH/AL-017
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated Probe, 48” ASP-CH/AL-018
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated Probe, 72” ASP-CH/AL-019
Type K Thermocouple, Probe with Flange ASP-CH/AL-020
Type K Thermocouple, Ring Lug Mount ASP-CH/AL-021
*All transformer wires are 8” long: 120V Primary Black/White; 220V Primary Black/Black
3-3
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL/TIMING
Temperature Control Mode: ON/OFF with hys-
teresis
Temperature Sensor: Type K thermocouple with
special limits of error is recommended for max.
accuracy
Maximum Timing Interval: 99 hr.: 99 min.
Minimum Timing Accuracy: ±.2%
INPUT
Operating Voltage:
TNC-TC140-010: 18-28 VAC, 60Hz
TNC-TC140-120: 95-135 VAC, 60Hz
TNC-TC140-220: 198-242 VAC, 60Hz
Power Consumption:
TNC-TC140-010: 10 VA max.
TNC-TC140-120/220: 30 VA max.
Resolution: ±1°F
Temperature Sensing Range: 50°F to 700°F
(10°C to 371°C)
Temperature Range Display Accuracy: ±5.4°F
(±3.0°C) max. over operating voltage and ambient
temperature range
Temperature Regulating Range: 100°F to 601°F
(38°C to 316°C)
Selecting for °F or °C: Press and hold both
and buttons until temperature scale changes;
release buttons
OUTPUT
Heater Output Rating: SPST normally open iso-
lated contact 1 A at 24 to 250 VAC
ENVIRONMENTAL
Ambient Operating Range: 5°C to 65°C
Ambient Storage Range: -40°C to 85°C
MECHANICAL
Termination Type: Input voltage and heater out-
put contacts 1/4” x .032” PC mount fast-ons
Probe: #6 screw with clamp
Mounting: Two center mountings (.187 dia.)
Front Panel Material: 18 gauge stainless steel
Keyboard: 4-button moisture resistant using
snap action sealed switches behind a polyester
graphic overlay for maximum reliability
Display: 4-digit, seven segment red LED
Digit Height: .56 inches
ELECTRICAL
Simple wire hook-up
1.8
3.6
3.5
4.1
3.12
Degree Indicator
.187 Dia.
2 Holes
TIME-HRS:MIN
TEMPERATURE
TIME
START
STOP TEMP
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER/CLOCK
HEAT
ON
(1870-1)
3.250
3.125
.150
8"
1.70
3.0 Max. 120 or 220 VAC
Input
TNC-TC140-120 AND TNC-TC140-220
(1870-2)
XFMR
(-)
RED
(+)
YEL
N.O.
To Temp.
Probe Type K
Thermocouple
Output Contacts
1AMP, 12-250VAC
.15
L
C
L
C
1.687
3.375
1.593
1.75
3.187
3.5
Provide tapped hole
for #8-32 screw
(2 Pl.)
PANEL CUTOUT
3.25
3.12
1.40
XFMR
RED YEL
(-) (+) N.O.
To Temp.
24VAC
TNC-TC140-010
Output Contacts
.094 R
Max. Typ.
1AMP, 12-250VAC
Probe Type K
Thermocouple Input
Voltage
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
3-4
Digital Temperature Controller
TC142 Series
FEATURES
Compact design
Easy-to-read 4-digit LED display
Temperature display in Fahrenheit or
Celsius
Non-volatile storage of programmed
parameters
Watchdog timer ensures reliability
4-button, moisture-resistant keyboard
using snap-action sealed switches
Diagnostic messages for fault condi-
tions
Front panel keyboard programming of
time and temperature
HEAT ON indicator
Accurate and durable thermocouple
temperature sensing
Convenient operating voltage ranges
Heavy duty stainless steel front panel
File #E104595
The Model TC142 is a Digital Temperature
Controller. The controller uses a Type
K thermocouple and is microprocessor
controlled. The regulation temperature can
be set in one degree increments within
specified limits. Hysteresis, Offset and
Fahrenheit or Celsius are selected via front
panel switches. The HEAT ON light indicates
output relay activation. The regulation
temperature is normally shown on the digital
display. To view the sensed temperature,
press the TEMP button. The control has
diagnostic messages for open probe and
memory failure.
Setting Regulation Point: Press the PROG
button momentarily. The display will flash
SET and PNT briefly then flash the set-
point value. The and buttons can now
be used to adjust the temperature regulat-
ing setpoint. Press the PROG button again
to cause the control to regulate to the new
setpoint. To view or change other functions
while in program mode, press ADV button
to scroll to that function.
Setting Hysteresis: The turn-on and turn-
off temperature around a setpoint can be
separately adjusted to ±20°F. Press and
hold the PROG button for .5 second. Scroll
to DEAD BAND using the ADV button. The
display will alternate between ON and the
turn-on value. The and buttons can
now be used to change this value. Press the
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ADV button again and the OFF value will be
displayed. The and buttons can now
be used to change the OFF value. Pressing
the PROG button again will return the con-
trol to normal operation and will store the
new settings. The hysteresis is set to -1°F,
+0°F as shipped from the factory.
Setting Offset: The displayed value can be
changed by ±20°F relative to actual sensed
temperature value. This feature corrects for
disparity of location of the probe and the
volumetric center of the heating chamber.
Press and hold the PROG button for .5 sec-
ond. Scroll to the offset function using the
ADV button. The display will flash OFF and
SET briefly then will flash the offset value.
At this point, the and buttons can
be used to adjust the offset. Pressing the
TEMP button programs the control for the
new value. The offset is set to 0 as shipped
from the factory.
Diagnostic Messages: An open probe will
cause the digital display to show PROB and
will disable the output until input voltage is
removed and re-applied. If a memory loss or
failure occurs, the digital display will show
FAIL and the output will be disabled. Input
voltage should be removed and re-applied.
If the FAIL message is gone, recheck pro-
grammed parameters and resume opera-
tion. If the FAIL message reappears, contact
the factory for service.
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
18 to 28 VAC TNC-TC142-A010
90 to 135 VAC TNC-TC142-A120
198 to 242 VAC TNC-TC142-A220
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Transformer - 120V, 60Hz Primary B24-NO120-011
Transformer - 240V, 50/60Hz Primary B24-NO220-011
Type K Thermocouple, Bead Tip Probe, 6’ ASP-CH/AL-011
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated Probe, 24” ASP-CH/AL-013
Type K Thermocouple, Probe with 6’ Lead ASP-CH/AL-016
Type Ke Thermocouple, Probe with 10’ Lead ASP-CH/AL-017
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated Probe, 48” ASP-CH/AL-018
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated Probe, 72” ASP-CH/AL-019
Type K Thermocouple, Probe with Flange ASP-CH/AL-020
Type K Thermocouple, Ring Lug Mount ASP-CH/AL-021
*All transformer wires are 8” long: 120V Primary Black/White; 220V Primary Black/Black
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
3-5
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL/TIMING
Temperature Control Mode: ON/OFF with hys-
teresis
Temperature Sensor: Type K thermocouple with
special limits of error is recommended for max.
accuracy
Maximum Timing Interval: 99 hr.: 99 min.
Minimum Timing Accuracy: ±.2%
INPUT
Operating Voltage:
TNC-TC142-010: 18-28 VAC, 60Hz
TNC-TC142-120: 95-135 VAC, 60Hz
TNC-TC142-220: 198-242 VAC, 60Hz
Power Consumption:
TNC-TC142-010: 10 VA max.
TNC-TC142-120/220: 30 VA max.
Resolution: ±1°F
Temperature Sensing Range: 50°F to 700°F
(10°C to 371°C)
Temperature Range Display Accuracy: ±5.4°F
(±3.0°C) max. over operating voltage and ambient
temperature range
Temperature Regulating Range: 100°F to 601°F
(38°C to 316°C)
Selecting for °F or °C: Press and hold both
and buttons until temperature scale changes;
release buttons
OUTPUT
Heater Output Rating: SPST normally open iso-
lated contact 1A at 24 to 250 VAC
ENVIRONMENTAL
Ambient Operating Range: 5°C to 65°C
Ambient Storage Range: -40°C to 85°C
MECHANICAL
Termination Type: Input voltage and heater out-
put contacts 1/4” x .032” PC mount fast-ons
Probe: #6 screw with clamp
Mounting: Two center mountings (.187 dia.)
Front Panel Material: 18 gauge stainless steel
Keyboard: 4-button moisture resistant using
snap action sealed switches behind a polyester
graphic overlay for max. reliability
Display: 4-digit, seven segment red LED
Digit Height: .56 inches
ELECTRICAL
Simple wire hook-up
3.250
3.125
.150
L
C
L
C
1.687
3.375
1.593
1.75
3.187
3.5
Provide tapped hole
for #8-32 screw
(2 Pl.)
PANEL CUTOUT
8"
1.70
3.0 Max.
3.25
3.12
.15 1.40
1.8
3.6
3.5
4.1
3.12
Degree Indicator
.187 Dia.
2 Holes
XFMR
RED YEL
(-) (+) N.O.
To Temp.
24VAC
CONTROLLER
TEMPERATURE
PROG TEMP
HEAT
ON
TNC-TC142-010
120 or 220 VAC
Input
TNC-TC142-120 AND TNC-TC142-120
(3575)
Output Contacts
(3574)
.094 R
Max. Typ.
Input
Voltage
1AMP, 12-250VAC
Probe Type K
Thermocouple
XFMR
(-)
RED
(+)
YEL
N.O.
To Temp.
Probe Type K
Thermocouple
Output Contacts
1AMP, 12-250VAC
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
3-6 TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
Panel Mount Digital Thermometer
Models TM165 and TM166
FEATURES
Heavy-duty stainless steel front
plate and all metal case for rugged
environments
Easy-to-read digital display
Temperature sensing range of -25ºF to
99ºF (-32ºC to 38ºC)
Front panel selectable ºF to ºC
operation
Alarm temperature setting;
programmable via front panel buttons
Alarm relay
Low voltage AC or DC operation
TM166 fits in a standard electrical box
National Controls’ panel mount thermom-
eter allows the constant monitoring of tem-
perature in critical environments and equip-
ment, enabling a higher degree of operating
efficiency.
The high temperature alarm alerts person-
nel to a high temperature condition, protect-
ing temperature sensitive equipment and
operations. When the temperature rises to
the setpoint temperature, the display flash-
es and an audible alarm sounds. When the
temperature falls below the setpoint tem-
perature, the alarm condition ceases. If dur-
ing the alarm condition, it is desired to turn
off the alarm, depressing the front panel
push-button will interrupt the audible alarm
for approximately 2-1/2 hours, but the dis-
play will continue to flash.
The heavy-duty stainless steel front plate
protects the unit from mechanical shock
and abuse, and is designed to blend visually
with other stainless steel equipment.
The thermometer can be mounted directly
on the equipment it is monitoring, or on a
remote panel up to 250 feet away. The ther-
mometer is powered from low-voltage AC or
DC, thus eliminating the high costs of instal-
lation to NEC or other high voltage electrical
standard wiring.
The control can also detect an open or
shorted temperature probe. If the probe is
open or shorted the display will show PRB,
the alarm will sound and the relay contacts
will close. The alarm will continue to sound
until the probe error condition is corrected.
In addition, the output relay’s contacts will
close during a high temperature ALARM
condition.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Setting the High Temperature Alarm: On
the front of the TM165 and TM166 there are
up and down arrow buttons for changing
the set point temperature. The set point can
be adjusted to any temperature within the
specified range of that particular model.
Setting ºF or ºC Operation: Using the front
panel buttons the display can be adjusted
to display temperature in ºF or ºC.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Sensing Range: -25ºF to 99ºF
(-32ºC to 38ºC)
Temperature Reading Accuracy: ±3ºF (2ºC)
Resolution: ±1ºF or ºC
Setpoint Range: -15ºF to 50ºF (-26ºC to 10ºC)
Input Voltage: 10.5 to 28 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 12 to
28 VDC
Power Consumption: 5 VA max at 28 VAC
Operating Temperature Range: 0ºC to 65ºC
Output Relay: Form A relay contact, 1 A max. at
30 VAC or DC
Temperature Probe: NTC thermistor, 3000 ohms
at 25ºC, J-Curve
ORDERING INFORMATION
MOUNTING CONFIGURATION PART NUMBER
Customer Panel Cutout TNC-TM165-010
Standard Utility Box TNC-TM166-010
Surface Mount Enclosure for TM165 Only, Single TNC-TM165-KTA
Surface Mount Enclosure for TM165 Only, Dual TNC-TM165-KT2A
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
6’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM165-011
20’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM165-012
60’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM165-013
Transformer (UL Class II Secondary) B10-NO120-011
Stainless Steel Enclosure for TNC-TM165-010 Only, Single BOX-TM100-010
Stainless Steel Enclosure for TNC-TM165-010 Only, Dual BOX-TM100-020
The TM165 and TM166 panel mount digital thermometers are available in two distinct sizes. When ordering the thermometers,
be sure to select the above depending on your specific application (refer to actual dimensions at right).
Note: The TM165 can be used as a substitute for the TM100 in certain applications.
3-7
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
oaN it noCln a Csr lot o r po ra noit
.170
[4.32]
C
L
ALL 22 GA. WIRE
10.5-28 VAC
or
12-28 VDC
.218 [5.54]
DIAMETER
CLEARANCE HOLE
(2 PLACES)
POLYESTER
GRAPHIC
OVERLAY
.136 DIA.
#8-32 TAP
(2 PLACES)
.187
[4.75]
4.25
[108]
2.87
[72.9]
±.06
[1.5]
1.44
[36.6]
SUGGESTED PANEL CUTOUT
WIRING DIAGRAM
1.075
[27.31]
MAX.
1.560
[39.6]
.380
[9.7]
5.000
[127]
4.250
[108]
3.120
[79.2]
ORANGE
ORANGE
BLACK
RED
PROBE
BLACKRED
ORANGE
ORANGE
ALARM
OUTPUT
0.250
[6.35]
STRIP
±.062
[1.57]
3.87
[98.3]
±.06
[1.5]
SEE NOTE 2
16.500
[419.10]
±.500
[12.70]
INCHES
[mm]
N r lola noit a C no t nitaroprCs o o
MINIMUM INTERIOR DIMENSIONS
FOR INSTALLATION INTO A STANDARD UTILITY BOX
INCHES
[mm]
2.750
[69.86]
1.375
[34.93]
4.500
[114.30]
2.250
[57.15]
3.281
[83.34]
1.641
[41.68]
1.075
[27.31]
MAX.
.170
[4.32] SEE NOTE 1
1.89 MIN.
[48.0]
1.50 MIN.
[38.1]
2.85 MIN.
[72.4]
.187
[4.75]
DIA. CLEARANCE HOL E
(2 PLACES)
POLYESTER
GRAPHI C
OVERLAY
ORANGE
ORANGE
BLACK
RED
ALL 22 GA. WIRE
BLACKRED
ORANGE
ORANGE
ALARM
OUTPUT
0.250
[6.35]
STRIP
±.062
[1.57]
SEE NOTE 2
16.500
[419.10]
±.500
[12.70]
PROBE
WIRING DIAGRAM
82º
10.5-28 VAC
or
12-28 VDC
L
C
L
C
NOTES:
1. IF KNOCK-OUTS ARE OFFSET INSIDE THE BOX, THE MINIMUM DIMENSION IS TAKEN
BETWEEN THE INSIDE EDGES OF THE KNOCK-OUTS.
2. DIMENSION SHOWN IS TAKEN FROM THE SURFACE OF THE PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD TO THE TIP OF THE WIRE.
82º
Model TM165
Model TM166
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
3-8
.50
.25
(4554-2)
1.812
2.625
3.0
.187
Temperature
Calibrate
Probe
Power
ORN ORN RED BLK
3.062 .187
.437
.625
3.437
.141 Dia.
4 Holes
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
Digital Temperature Indicator
TM110 Series
FEATURES
Compact design
Easy-to-read red LED digital display
Wide temperature sensing range
Available in °F and °C
This series of temperature indicators pro-
vides a reliable, cost efficient way to moni-
tor temperature in critical environments
and equipment. This indicator can be used
on-site or remotely, up to 250 feet from the
probe.
This compact solid state unit features
a large easy-to-read digital display, with
a sensing range of -40°F to 240°F (-40°C
to 115°C) and a calibration set-screw.
Accessories include probes, compression
fittings and transformer. Mounting is by four
corner standoffs. Connections are made
with two probe wires and two input voltage
wires.
SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 12 to 28 VAC or VDC at
250 mA
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Resolution: ±1°F (±1°C)
Temperature Reading Accuracy: ±2°F (±2°C)
within ±50°F (±30°C) around temperature calibra-
tion point
Temperature Reading Range: -40°F (-40°C) to
240°F (115°C)
Ambient Temperature Range: 18°C to 60°C
●
●
●
●
ORDERING INFORMATION
TEMPERATURE RANGE PART NUMBER
°F Display TNC-TM110-A10
°C Display TNC-TM110-A10C
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-011
Immersion Probe / Stainless Steel ASP-TM100-012
20’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-014
60’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-015
Compression Fitting For ASP-TM100-012 EST-03/16-011
Transformer (120V input - 12V, 5VA output) B10-NO120-011
Note: The factory can match probe with indicator and calibrate as a set.
3-9
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
Digital Temperature Indicator
TM200 Series
FEATURES
Compact design, will fit into 2” x 4” util-
ity box
Easy-to-read led digital display
120 VAC input voltage
Easy field wiring
Stainless steel front panel
Withstands exposure to animal fats and
cleaning agents found in restaurant
environments
Provides diagnostic messages for probe
fault conditions
Smooth, easy-to-clean front decal
Available in °F and °C
File #E104595
This series of temperature indicators pro-
vides a reliable, cost efficient way to moni-
tor temperature in a variety of environments
and equipment.
These units feature a large red LED dis-
play with a sensing range of -40°F to 99°F
or °C, and come with a stainless steel
escutcheon front plate that mounts directly
into a 2” x 4” utility box. To simplify the wir-
ing, the units accept 120 VAC input directly.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ORDERING INFORMATION
TEMPERATURE RANGE PART NUMBER
°F Display TNC-TM200-120
°C Display TNC-TM200-120C
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-011
Immersion Probe / Stainless Steel ASP-TM100-012
20’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-014
60’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-015
2” x 4” Utility Box BOX-02/04-ELECT
Note: The factory can match probe with indicator and calibrate as a set.
SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 105 to 135 VAC at 50 mA
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Resolution: ±1°F
Display Accuracy: ±2°F within ±50°F around
known temperature calibration point. Full range
accuracy ±5°F
Sensing Temperature Range: -40°F to 99°F
or °C
Ambient Temperature Range: 0°C to 65°C
PROBE ERROR INDICATION
Shorted Probe: 2 decimal points only displayed
Open Probe: Negative sign and 2 decimal points
only displayed
Out-of-Range Sense Temperature: 2 decimal
points on with digits displayed
MECHANICAL
Mounting: Two faceplate screws (#6-32 x 1/2)
Front Panel Material: 18 gauge stainless steel
Decal Material: Polyester
Digit Height: .56 inches
Note: Due to non-interchangability of probes, the temperature
indicator must be field calibrated using crushed ice and water
and set to 32°F or 0°C
THERMOMETER
DIGITAL
2.75
3.28
4.50
#6-32x1/2 Screw
(2 Pl.)
(1857)
Decimal Points
(On for probe
errors)
1.50
Max
RED
BLK
BLU
BLU
Probe
Input
120 VAC
Field
Calibration
Adjustment
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
3-10 TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
Electronic Temperature Controller
TC280 Series
FEATURES
File #E104595
Long term setpoint stability
Close temperature control
Footprint compatible with electro-
mechanical thermostats
OFF setpoint adjustment position
Probe failure detect
High current rating
Long contact life
This Controller provides a reliable, cost
effective way to control temperature of heat-
ed water within a limited temperature range.
Operating Logic: Upon application of input
voltage, and if the sensed temperature is
below the setpoint, the internal relay will
be activated, turning on the heater load.
The load will stay activated until the sensed
temperature reaches setpoint value. The
setpoint adjustment at the fully counter
clockwise position has an OFF setting that
can be used during equipment set-up to
allow water to fill the vessel before allowing
the heaters to be activated.
Note: The temperature adjustment OFF position is not a mechani-
cal OFF condition, in case of controller failure it may not turn off
the heater load.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL
Temperature Control Mode: ON/OFF, +2°F to
+4°F hysteresis
Temperature Sensor: Thermistor, ±2% inter-
changeable within measurement range
Set point Adjustment Range: 175°F ±5°F to
205°F +3°F/-1°F; Fully CCW is in OFF position
Probe Fault Detect: Open or shorted probe will
cause output relay to be deactivated
INPUT
Power Consumption: 5 VA max.
Operating Voltage: 120, 220 VAC ±10%,
50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, SPST (1 Form A)
Rating: 20 A max. resistive at 120 VAC 10 A max.
resistive at 250 VAC 100 mA at 5 VDC min. load
current
Life: 250,000 cycles min. at full load
Dielectric Breakdown: 2500 VAC RMS, between
probe terminals and input terminals
MECHANICAL
Termination: L1 and HTR #8 screw with clamp;
L2 white -12” long - 22 AWG wire terminated with
1/4 inch female and 1/4” male piggy back push-
on terminal
Probe: Screw type caged terminal block
ENVIRONMENTAL
Ambient Operating Range: 0°C to 60°C
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT PART NUMBER
120 V TNC-TC280-120
240 V TNC-TC280-240
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
12” Probe Tube ASP-TC280-012
14” Probe Tube ASP-TC280-014
Important Notice: This control should only be used in a system
incorporating an independently operating high temperature limiting
device which will safely disable the heaters, preventing property
damage or bodily injury, in the event of failure, malfunction or nor-
mal wear-out of this control.
POLYPROPYLENE COVER
TEMP. ADJUST
SHAFT
6/32 THREADED
STANDOFF (2 PL.),
3/8 IN. MOUNTING
SCREW LENGTH MAX.
.206.875
1.75
4.250
.820
1.64
.275
.95 MAX
2.275 MAX
CONNECTOR
#8 SCREW TERMINAL
L1 HTR
N
22AWG WIRE 12 IN. LONG
WITH .250 FEMALE TERMINAL
AND .250 MALE TERMINAL
"PIGGYBACK"
PROBE
2 POS.
(4571-6)
3-11
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS ACCESSORIES
Transformers
120 to 10 VAC, 5 VA, 50/60 Hz B10-NO120-011
120 to 12 VAC, 5 VA, 50/60 Hz B12-NO120-015
120 to 24 VAC, 5 VA, 50/60 Hz B24-NO120-011
240 to 24 VAC, 10 VA, 50/60 Hz B24-NO220-011
ORDERING INFORMATION
C R
10V 5VA
LOAD
2.265
2.65
2.0
WHITE
BLACK
B10-N0120-011
.375
.687
C
L
.50
.156 DIAMETER HOLE
2 PLACES
12" LEADS (2)
(4572-4)
B12-N0120-015
3.250
2.812
1.906
YEL YEL
.750
1.375
1.640
.187 DIAMETER HOLE
2 PLACES
8" LEADS
4 PLACES
(4572-2)
BLK WHT
YEL YEL
B24-N0120-011
3.250
2.812
1.906
YEL YEL
.750
1.375
1.640
.187 DIAMETER HOLE
2 PLACES
8" LEADS
4 PLACES
(4572-1)
BLK WHT
YEL YEL
B24-NO220-011
3.250
2.812
1.906
YEL YEL
.750
1.375
1.640
.187 DIAMETER HOLE
2 PLACES
8" LEADS
4 PLACES
(4572-3)
BLK BLK
YEL YEL
Probes
The temperature probes listed can only
be used on TNC-TM100 (discontinued),
TNC-TM110, and TNC-TM200 Series
temperature indicators.
Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-011
Immersion Probe / Stainless Steel ASP-TM100-012
20’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-014
60’ Refrigerator / Freezer Probe ASP-TM100-015
Compression Fitting for
ASP-TM100-012 EST-03/16-011
ORDERING INFORMATION
ASP-TM100-012
6.00
.187 MAXIMUM 4 FOOT, 2 CONDUCTOR CABLE
(4571-3)
.375
.875 – .062
1.5
.125 72 - 75.5 INCHES
22GA WIRE
1 RED JACKET
1 BLACK JACKET
ASP-TM100-011
(4571-9)
1/8" NPT
.472 .965
.435
.195 DIA.
EST-03/16-011
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
3-12
Transducers
The temperature transducers listed can only
be used on TNC-TC280 Series temperature
controllers.
Temperature Transducer,
8” Stainless Steel ASP-TC280-011
Temperature Transducer,
12” Stainless Steel ASP-TC280-012
ORDERING INFORMATION
ASP-TC280-011
ASP-TC280-012
(4571-4)
(4571-7)
.250
8.00" ± .25"
18.0" ± .5"
24 AWG TEFLON
INSULATED WIRE
.25 ± .06 STRIP
24 AWG TEFLON
INSULATED WIRE
STAINLESS STEEL TUBE
EPOXY FILLED
STAINLESS STEEL TUBE
EPOXY FILLED
12.00" ± .25"
18.0" ± .5"
.25 ± .06 STRIP
.250
Boxes
Stainless Steel Box for One TM165 BOX-TM100-010
Stainless Steel Box for Two TM165s BOX-TM100-020
ORDERING INFORMATION
2.12
1.87
3.75
4.50
1.44
2.87
8-32 THREAD HOLE
2 PLACES
BOX-TM100-010
BOX-TM100-020
4.00
1.00
3.75
6-32 THREAD HOLE
4 PLACES
.25
1.00
1.09
4.93
.187
.375 .625 TYP.
4 PLCS.
6.00
BACK
.50 DIA. HOLES
2 PLACES
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.12
1.87
3.75
4.50
1.75 1.75
1.44 typ.
2.87 typ. 8-32 THREAD HOLE
4 PLACES
7.00.
2.00 2.00
3.50
3.75
6-32 THREAD HOLE
4 PLACES
.25
1.00
1.09
4.93
.187
.375
.625 TYP. 4 PLCS
6.00
BACK
TOP
.50 DIA. HOLES
3 PLACES
2.00 2.00
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS
3-13
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
Thermocouples
The Type K thermocouple probes listed
can only be used on TNC-TC140, and
TNC-TC142 Series temperature controllers.
Type K Thermocouple, Bead Tip
Probe, 6’ ASP-CH/AL-011
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated
Probe, 24” ASP-CH/AL-013
Type K Thermocouple, Probe
with 6’ Lead ASP-CH/AL-016
Type K Thermocouple, Probe
with 10’ Lead ASP-CH/AL-017
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated
Probe, 48” ASP-CH/AL-018
Type K Thermocouple, Perforated
Probe, 72” ASP-CH/AL-019
Type K Thermocouple, Probe
with Flange ASP-CH/AL-020
Type K Thermocouple, Ring Lug
Mount ASP-CH/AL-021
ORDERING INFORMATION
1.00
– .2
5
ASP-CH/AL-011,012
INSULATED WIRE
24 GA TEFLON
ASP-CH/AL-011 6 FT – 6 IN
.
ASP-CH/AL-012 10 FT – 6 IN
.
(4571-5)
24 ±1.00
.375
.187
1.750 ±.125
1
1 ±.125
.250
GROUNDED JUNCTION
FLATTEN LAST .750
.140 DIA.
SEE NOTE 2
HEAT SHRINK
TUBING
4-POINT
CRIMP
FIBERGLASS WITH
STAINLESS STEEL
OUTER BRAID
NOTES:
1. TEMPERATURE RATING TO 650˚F
3. ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES.
2. TYPE K THERMOCOUPLE, 24 GA. SOLID WIRE, FIBERGLASS INSULATED, SPECIAL LIMITS OF ERROR ±2˚F OR .4% WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
4. REMOVE SHARP EDGES.
.250
±.062
STRIP
±.125
ASP-CH/AL-016 6 FT – 6 IN.
ASP-CH/AL-016,017
1.0 – .25
6.00
.250
ASP-CH/AL-017 10 FT – 6 IN.
24 GA TEFLON
INSULATED WIRE
STAINLESS STEEL TUBE
(4571-2)
.375
.750
1.500
.750
.187 DIA
(2 PL)
C
L
C
L
1.00
3.00
.250 REF.
.050 (18 GA)
24.0 –.5
2.00
.375
ASP-CH/AL-020
(4571-12)
MINIMUM
1.125
– .050
ASP-CH/AL-013 24" – 1.
5
ASP-CH/AL-018 48"
– 2
ASP-CH/AL-019 72"
– 3
PERFORATED STAINLESS STEEL
.160 O.D.
STEEL TUBING
BRAIDED STAINLESS STEE
L
24GA THERMOCOUPLE WIRE
1.00 – .25
ASP-CH/AL-013,018,019
(4571-8)
TEMPERATURE MONITORS/CONTROLS ACCESSORIES
Notes
4-1
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
(SEQUENTIAL TIMERS)
AMETEK NCC Dust Collector Controls offer
sequential control of solenoid valves for pulse
or shaker-damper cleaning of dust collectors.
They are also used for display lighting, inter-
mittent valve or sequential control.
AMETEK NCC offers impressive factory back-
up support. Our parts inventory and product
availability is unsurpassed. With over 250
stocking distributor outlets, serious downtime
problems can virtually be eliminated. Technical
assistance for design and engineering help is
readily available through our toll free number:
800-323-2593.
Common Applications:
Process Control
Stepping Switch Programming
Solenoid Valve Sequencing
Vacuum Processing
Bottle Filling
Plastic Molding
Vending Machines
Printing Presses
Laundry Equipment
Textile Machinery
Machine Tools
Test Cycling
Food Processing
Water Purification
Copying Machines
Alarm Circuits
Pulse Totalizing
Heat Sealing
Photo Processing
Car Washing
Engine Starting
X-Ray Equipment
Ventilator Controls
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-2 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
ORDERING INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Control on Chassis DNC-T2101-010
Control in Hinged NEMA 4 Box with Functional Lights DNC-T2101-020
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
NEMA 4 Box 6” x 8” x 4” BOX-A0606-CHNF
Pilot Lamp NEMA 4 Rated Red Light ASL-00RED-NEMA 4
On/Off Switch NEMA 4 Rated with Legend Plate MSW-0DPST-011
AMETEK NCC offers NEMA 4 type enclosures for mounting our controls. These enclosures are made of heavy gauge steel and have a con-
tinuous hinge cover. All seams are continuously welded. The finish is gray hammer-tone enamel inside and out, over phosphatized surfaces.
FEATURES
Simple 4 wire installation
Replaces electromechanical timers
Completely solid state timing and
switching logic
High quality locking bushing
potentiometers for timing adjustment
Very low power consumption
Conformally coated for protection
against vibration, humidity, and con-
tamination
LED function lights on PC board
Function indicating lights on T2101-020
Mounts in standard NEMA 4/JIC
enclosures
File #E65038
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
adjust
On
Off
Fan
Switch
Off
On
Load
Shaker
1.8 sec.- 3 min
fixed
2 minutes
New
cycle
Operating Logic: The control is used on
intermittent type dust collectors to auto-
matically activate the shaking mechanism 2
minutes after the fan motor is turned off.
Upon removing power from the fan, a 2
minute fixed delay is initiated. At the end
of the delay, the shaker output is activated
for an adjustable period of 1.8 seconds to
3 minutes. Resetting the control occurs by
turning the fan motor on again.
CAUTION: The control must be wired according to the schematic
provided.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Intermittent Use Collectors
Model T2101
SPECIFICATIONS
TIMING
Delay Time: 120 sec. ±10% fixed
Shake Time: Adjustable from 1.8 to 180 sec.
Repeatability: ±3% over temperature and volt-
age range
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 105 to 135 VAC
Power Consumption: 5.5 W plus shaker contac-
tor coil power
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state switch, 1 A continuous at 1.5 V
below input voltage
TRANSIENT PROTECTION
Input: Transformer and large filter capacity
Output: Solid state switch rated for 10 A at 400V
protected by metal oxide varistor; 3 A fuse pro-
tects against external short circuit
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 70°C
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593
4-3
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
Control Power On
Load On
4.0
6.0
1.0
6.0
6.75
7.5
4.875
.75
.312 DIA.
4 HOLES
(4250-1 10/92)
sec. 1801.8
4.625
5.125
.25
5.625
6.125
.25
4 HOLES
.25 DIA.
.625
2.125 Max.
Metal Chassis
T2101
1
2
3
4
On
Off
L2
L1
F
S
Fan
Contactor
Coil
Fan
Start/Stop
Switch
Terminal
Block
N.O.
Aux.
Shaker
Contactor
Coil
120
VAC
L1
L2
#6 screw typ.
Shake Time
Adjust
1234
3A
L1 L2
Model DNC-2101-010
Model DNC-2101-020
Field Wiring Diagram
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-4 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
L1 L2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C
Pressure
switch
TIMER #1
voltage
Input
120V
Last
Solenoid
S
S
Solenoid
Last
TIMER #2
C10987654321L2
L1
Pressure switch
3867-1
11
4
8
13 9
COM
coil
Reset
12
coil
Set
N.C.
COM
1
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
5
10
14
Alternate action
dual coil latching
relay. Contacts
shown with reset
coil energized last.
AC Input, Pulse Cleaning of
Bag House Dust Collectors
Models DNC-T2003 through DNC-T2032
FEATURES
Digital Timing Circuitry: allows for sta-
ble timing from -40°C to 65°C tempera-
ture range
Pulse Time: line synchronized to elimi-
nate 8 millisecond triac turn off variation
10 A-400/600V Output Triacs: for maxi-
mum protection against output shorts.
200 VA load rating
Conformally coated for protection
against vibration, humidity, and con-
tamination
2 Modes of Operation: can be operated
Continuously or On Demand via external
pressure switch
Field Selectable: for numbers of outputs
required
LED Indicators: for compartment being
cleaned indication
Rugged Timing Adjustments: large sta-
ble potentiometers are used for ON and
OFF time adjustments
Metal Chassis Provided: for mounting
directly into NEMA 4 box
Timer Functionally Tested for 24
Hours: to eliminate field failures
Input Protection: 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
One Year Warranty: warranted to be free
from defects in materials or workmanship
for one year from date of manufacture
File #E65038
Operating Logic: The control can function
in 2 modes.
In Continuous Mode, the pressure switch
terminals are shorted. Upon application of
input voltage, the control activates output
#1 after the preset off time. It will continue
to activate outputs sequentially until input
voltage is removed.
In On Demand Mode, the pressure switch
terminals are connected to an isolated set
of contacts of a differential pressure switch.
The control will activate the outputs sequen-
tially whenever the pressure switch contacts
are closed. When the pressure switch con-
tacts open, the output sequencing stops.
Re-closing of the contacts will cause the
control to resume activating the outputs.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Program wire allows the user to select the
maximum number of outputs to be acti-
vated.
Note: Controls are shipped with jumper across pressure switch
terminals
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
ON-Time: Adjustable from 50 to 500 ms
OFF-Time:
Range A: adjustable from 1.5 to 30 seconds
Range B: adjustable from 8.5 to 180 seconds
Note: Range S designates customer specified time range. Consult
factory for parameters
Repeatability: ±3% over temperature and volt-
age ranges
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 120 ±10%, 220 ±10% VAC
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption: 2 VA max.
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state switch (triac)
Switch Rating: 200 VA maximum per output
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule metal oxide varistor
Short Circuit Protection: 3 A fuse
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 70°C
4-5
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
C
A
D
B
.25
.31
.25 Dia. Hole
(4 Pl.)
L1
L2
AC
Voltage
Input
C 1 2
Solenoid Valve
OFF & ON Time
Adjustments
Program Wire-
Determines number
of outputs to be
activated
(4250-2 10/92)
.625
2.0 Max.
.050 Aluminum
Chassis
OFF ON
3 AMP
# 6 screw typ.
NOTE: Not all components
a
re shown. Component
l
ocations can vary from
m
odel to model.
Pressure Switch Input-
For on demand cleaning.
(Controls are shipped
with inputs shorted out)
ORDERING INFORMATION
MAX.
NO. OF
OUTPUTS
DIMENSIONS
A B C D
SIZE OF
NEMA 4 ENCLS.
REQUIRED
PROGRAM-
MABLE NO.
OF OUTPUTS
OFF TIME PART NUMBER
DNC-T2003 THROUGH DNC-T2032 120 VAC INPUT VOLTAGE
3 6.75 4.875 6.25 4.25 8” x 6” x 3.5” 1-3 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2003-A10
DNC-T2003-B10
6 8.75 6.875 8.25 6.25 10” x 8” x 4” 2-6 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2006-A10
DNC-T2006-B10
10 8.75 6.875 8.25 6.25 10” x 8” x 4” 3-10 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2010-A10
DNC-T2010-B10
20 10.75 8.875 10.25 8.25 12” x 10” x 5” 11-20 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2020-A10
DNC-T2020-B10
32 12.75 10.875 12.25 10.25 14” x 12” x 6” 17-32 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2032-A10
DNC-T2032-B10
DNC-T2006 THROUGH DNC-T2032 220 VAC INPUT VOLTAGE
6 8.75 6.875 8.25 6.25 10” x 8” x 4” 2-6 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2006-A220
DNC-T2006-B220
10 8.75 6.875 8.25 6.25 10” x 8” x 4” 3-10 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2010-A220
DNC-T2010-B220
20 10.75 8.875 10.25 8.25 12” x 10” x 5” 11-20 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2020-A220
DNC-T2020-B220
32 12.75 10.875 12.25 10.25 14” x 12” x 6” 17-32 1.5 to 30 sec.
8.5 to 180 sec.
DNC-T2032-A220
DNC-T2032-B220
Note: Special time ranges are available with the following maximum to minimum time ratio restrictions: ON Time–10:1; OFF Time–20:1
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
Enclosure for DNC-T2003 8” x 6” x 3.5” BOX-A0806-CHNF
Enclosure for DNC-T2006 10” x 8” x 4” BOX-A1008-CHNF
Enclosure for DNC-T2010 10” x 8” x 4” BOX-A1008-CHNF
Enclosure for DNC-T2020 12” x 10” x 5” BOX-A1210-CHNF
Enclosure for DNC-T2032 14” x 12” x 6” BOX-A1412-CHNF
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
Pilot Lamp NEMA 4 Rated Red Light ASL-00RED-NEMA-4
On/Off Switch NEMA 4 Rated with Legend Plate MSW-0DPST-001
Alternate Action Dual Coil Latch Relay — KDD-LATCH-120AC
Socket For Latch Relay — MSO-0D11P-012
AMETEK NCC offers NEMA 4 type enclosures for mounting our controls. These enclosures are made of heavy gauge steel and have a con-
tinuous hinge cover. All seams are continuously welded. The finish is gray hammer-tone enamel inside and out, over phosphatized surfaces.
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer.
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-6 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
DC Input, Pulse Cleaning of Bag House
Dust Collectors
Model DNC-T2010-ADC
FEATURES
Field selectable from 2 to 10 outputs
Solid state timing and switching logic
300% overrated solid state switch
Pressure switch control option on board
12 to 24 VDC input voltage
Adjustable ON and OFF times
High quality locking bushing
potentiometers for timing adjustment
Very low power consumption
Conformally coated for protection
against vibration, humidity, and con-
tamination
LEDs show compartment being cleaned
Metal chassis provided for mounting
directly into NEMA 4 enclosure
Operating Logic: The control can function
in 2 modes.
In Continuous Mode, the pressure switch
terminals are shorted. Upon application of
output voltage, the control activates output
#1 after the preset off time. It will continue
to activate outputs sequentially until input
voltage is removed.
In On Demand Mode, the pressure switch
terminals are connected to an isolated set
of contacts of a differential pressure switch.
The control will activate the outputs sequen-
tially whenever the pressure switch contacts
are closed. When the pressure switch con-
tacts open, the output sequencing stops.
Re-closing of the contacts will cause the
control to resume activating the outputs.
Program wire allows the user to select the
maximum number of outputs to be acti-
vated.
Note: Controls are shipped with jumper across pressure switch
terminals.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME SETTING RANGES
ON-Time: Adjustable from 20 to 200 ms
OFF-Time: Adjustable from 1.5 to 60 sec.
Repeatability: ±3% over temperature and volt-
age ranges
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 10.0 to 29.0 VDC (unfiltered
supply voltage must be full-wave rectified)
Power Consumption Voltage During Off Time:
1.5 W at 12 VDC, 4.2 W at 24 VDC
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state switch
Load Per Output: 3 A max. at 1.5 V less than
input voltage
PROTECTION
Transient Input Voltage: Metal oxide varistor
plus large filter capacity
Transient Output Voltage: Solid state switch
rated at 10 A to 60 V fly-back diode protected
Short Circuit Protection: 3 A fuse for circuit,
reverse polarity protected
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -40°F to 150°F (-40°C
to 65°C)
Storage Temperature: -40°F to 185°F (-40°C to
85°C)
4-7
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
8.25
8.75
6.250
6.875
.25
.31
.25 Dia. Hole
(4 Pl.)
Voltage
Input
C 1 2
Solenoid Valve
OFF & ON Time
Adjustments
Program Wire-
Determines number
of outputs to be
activated
Pressure Switch Input-
For on demand cleaning.
(Controls are shipped with
inputs shorted out)
(4250-3 10/92)
NOTE: Not all components are shown.
OFF ON
OUTPUTS (-)
12-24VDC ONLY
+-(+)
+
-
DC
3 4 56 7 8910 .625
2.0 Max.
.050 Aluminum
Chassis
#6 screw typ.
ORDERING INFORMATION
PROGRAMMABLE NO.
OF OUTPUTS INPUT VOLTAGE OFF TIME PART NUMBER
2 to 10 12 to 24 VDC 1.5 to 60 sec. DNC-T2010-ADC
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
NEMA 4 Box 10” x 8” x 4” BOX-A1008-CHNF
NEMA 4 Box 12” x 10” x 5” BOX-A1210-CHNF
ON/OFF Switch NEMA 4 Rated with Legend Plate MSW-0DPST-011
AMETEK NCC offers NEMA 4 type enclosures for mounting our controls. These enclosures are made of heavy gauge steel and have a con-
tinuous hinge cover. All seams are continuously welded. The finish is gray hammer-tone enamel inside and out, over phosphatized surfaces.
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer.
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-8 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
ON
OFF
ENABLED
DISABLED
CLOSED
OPEN
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
PULS
E
OFF
OFF DELAY
PRESSURE
SWITCH
OUTPUT 1
OUTPUT 2
OUTPUT 8
OUTPUTS
INPUT
VOLTAGE
OFF DELAY
ON TIME ON TIME
ON TIME ON TIME
ON TIME
OFF TIME
OFF
TIME
OFF
TIME
OFF
TIME
OFF
TIME
FEATURES
Digital Timing Circuitry: allows for sta-
ble timing from -40°C to 65°C tempera-
ture range
Pulse Time: line synchronized to elimi-
nate 8 millisecond triac turn off variation
10 A-400/600V Output Triacs: for maxi-
mum protection against output shorts;
200 VA load rating
Conformally coated for protection
against vibration, humidity, and con-
tamination
2 Modes of Operation: can be operated
Continuously or On Demand via external
pressure switch
Extended cycle capability for added
pulses after pressure switch opens
Field Selectable: for numbers of outputs
required
LED Indicators: for compartment being
cleaned indication
Rugged Timing Adjustments: large sta-
ble potentiometers are used for ON and
OFF time adjustments
Metal Chassis Provided: for mounting
directly into NEMA 4 box
Timer Functionally Tested: to eliminate
field failures
Input Protection: 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
One Year Warranty: warranted to be free
from defects in materials or workmanship
for one year from date of manufacture
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Operating Logic: The DNC-T2110-A10/
B10 are ten output sequencer, cycle tim-
ers with adjustable ON-TIME, OFF-TIME
and DELAY times. When voltage is applied
to L1 and L2 and the pressure switch is
closed, the OFF-TIME is started, At the
end of the preset OFF-TIME the control
will cycle through the outputs until the
pressure switch opens. The ENABLE/
DISABLE switch on the control can enable
the OFF-DELAY. When the pressure switch
opens and the OFF-DELAY is enabled, then
the OFF-DELAY time is started and the
OFF-TIME, ON-TIME cycles will continue
until the end of the OFF DELAY time. If the
OFF-DELAY times out during the ON-TIME,
the control will allow the ON-TIME to time
out. Upon closing of the pressure switch
the control will commence the OFF-TIME,
ON-TIME sequence on the next output and
the OFF-DELAY time will reset. If the pres-
sure switch is closed during the OFF-DELAY
time, the control will reset the OFF-DELAY.
The ENABLE/DISABLE switch on the con-
trol can disable the OFF-DELAY. When the
OFF-DELAY is disabled and the pressure
switch opens, during the ON-TIME, the
control will allow the ON-TIME to time out.
Upon closing of the pressure switch the
control will commence the OFF-TIME, ON-
TIME sequence on the next output.
Pulse Jet Dust Collector Control with Extended Cycle
DNC-T2110 Series
4-9
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
3 AMP
Do not use Slow Blow
or larger size. Failure
the Warranty
to comply will void
L2
LINE
L1
ON
POWER
OUTPUTS
(200 VA/OUTPUT MAX)
Line Voltage:105to135 VAC,50-60Hz
3 41 2
COM
line to L2.
105 to 135 volts.In
grounded systems
connect neutral of
Line voltage must be
Corporation
National Controls
SOL.
6 75 8
PROGRAM CONTROL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
sec.
8.5
100
75
150
OFF TIME
180
125
850
4
100
250
ON TIME
sec.
.5
1
5
OFF DELAY
1000
400
2
3 550 700
LAST
TO
L1
L2
PRESSURE SWITCH
(SUPPLIED BY CUST.) PROGRAM WIRE
8.250
8.750
.250
.625
MAX
2.0 MAX
.250 DIA
(4 HOLES)
ENABLE
DISABLE
2345 6 78
OUTPUT USED
ATTACH
sec.
9 10
910
6.875
6.250
.312
SPECIFICATIONS
TIME DELAY
OFF-Delay Time: Adjustable from 100 sec. +0%,
-50% to 1000 sec. +10%, -0%. OFF Delay Time
can be disabled
ON-Time: Adjustable from 50 to 500 ms
OFF-Time:
Range A: adjustable from 1.5 to 30 seconds
Range B: adjustable from 8.5 to 180 seconds
Repeatability: ±3% over temperature and volt-
age ranges
INPUT
Operating Voltage: 105 to 135 VAC
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption: 5 VA max.
OUTPUT
Type: Solid state switch (triac)
Switch Rating: 200 VA max. per output, 1.8 VAC
RMS max.; ON state voltage drop 4 mA max.;
OFF state leakage current at 120 VAC
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule metal oxide varistor
Short Circuit Protection: 3 A fuse
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 85°C
ORDERING INFORMATION
PROGRAMMABLE NO.
OF OUTPUTS OFF TIME PART NUMBER
1 to 3
1.5 to 30 sec. DNC-T2003-A10
8.5 to 180 sec. DNC-T2003-B10
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
NEMA 4 Box 10” x 8” x 4” BOX-A1008-CHNF
Pilot Lamp NEMA 4 Rated Red Light ASL-00RED-NEMA 4
On/Off Switch NEMA 4 Rated with Legend Plate MSW-0DPST-011
AMETEK NCC offers NEMA 4 type enclosures for mounting our controls. These enclosures are made of heavy gauge steel and have a con-
tinuous hinge cover. All seams are continuously welded. The finish is gray hammer-tone enamel inside and out, over phosphatized surfaces.
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer.
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-10
DUSTRONIX™ Core-10/Expander-10
Dust Collector Controls
Models DNC-T2610-010/020
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
FEATURES
Communicates via 2 wire CANbus net-
work
Universal input voltage 100-240 VAC,
50/60 Hz
10 outputs on-board, expands to 990
outputs (with expansion boards)
Solenoid current sense:
– allows automatic system setup
– senses 3 solenoids per output
– monitor up to 2970 solenoids
Diagnostic/program LEDs for “at-a-
glance” system status indication
Settable to read 0-10, 0-15, and 0-25
inches of differential pressure
Finger-safe terminations
CORE-10 UNIQUE FEATURES
Simple one knob programming
Non-volatile memory for program and
status storage
On-Demand operation:
– with external pressure switch (not
included)
– with external pressure sensor (not
included)
– source/sink 4 to 20 mA sensor input
3-digit, 7-segment alpha-numeric
display
Settable alarm output relay normally
open or normally closed
The Core-10 is the main control module in the
DUSTRONIX line. The Core-10 is capable of
operating as a standalone module controlling
1 to 10 solenoids, or in combination with the
Expander-10 for up to 98 expansion modules for
a total of 990 outputs. The Expander-10 is the
expansion output board in the DUSTRONIX fam-
ily. The Expander-10 operates in combination with
the Core-10 Control Module.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
The Expander-10 communicates with the Core-
10 on a twisted pair of wires using CANbus archi-
tecture which provides robust noise immunity.
Two rotary switches on the Expander-10 are used
to set and provide visual indication of the address
assigned.
The Core-10 can operate in On-Demand mode
with input from an external pressure sensor (4 to
20 mA) or a pressure switch (not included), or it
can operate in the Continuous mode by use of a
jumper across the pressure switch input. A switch
can also be connected to the pressure switch
input to act as a bypass switch. Input for a cycle
down switch is also provided to allow for end-of-
operation cleaning.
A unique feature of the Core-10 is its simple
one-button programming. This single push-but-
ton/encoder is used to select operating param-
eters. LEDs indicate program function. The
push-button is also used to view alarm conditions
and cancel the alarm output. Operating and pro-
gramming information is displayed on a 3-digit
7-segment display. The compact size of the
Core-10 and the Expander-10 allows mounting in
enclosures as small as 8” x 6”.
Programmable Parameters:
Solenoid ON-Time/OFF-Time
Number of cycle down cycles
Cycle down time delay
Run/Standby: enable/disable outputs
Differential pressure high setpoint/low
setpoint
Differential pressure high alarm setpoint/
low alarm setpoint
Alarm contact (normally open or normally
closed)
Differential Pressure Sensor Select:
10, 15, 25 in. w.c.
Output: 1 to 990 manual or auto-config-
ured
Status LEDs: when illuminated
Differential Pressure: Display indicates
P
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
100 to 240 VAC DNC-T2610-010
100 to 240 VAC DNC-T2610-020
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
Enclosure for DNC-T2610-010 10” x 8” x 6” BOX-A1008-CHSC
BOX-A1008-CHNF
Output: Display indicates cur-
rent output
Alarm (System Status): P or
Solenoid Fault
Output Pulsing: Display indi-
cates output being pulsed
Cycle Down: Unit in cycle down
mode
Output Status: Unit pulsing
solenoids
CANbus Status: CANbus trans-
mission activity
DUSTRONIX “Kit” Configurations
DNC-T2610-N4A: Includes
Core-10, PS700, 3-position
switch, NEMA 4 10”x8”x6” metal
enclosure with cutouts, bulk-
head fittings, mounting chassis,
mounting
DNC-T2610-N4XA: Same as
above but mounted in fiberglass
enclosure
DNC-T2610-N4B: Same as Kit
1 but also includes Expander-10
module
DNC-T2610-N4XB: Same as
Kit 3 but mounted in fiberglass
enclosure
●
●
●
●
●
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
4-11
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
SPECIFICATIONS
CORE-10
INPUTS
Supply: 100-240 VAC, 50/60Hz, 4 VA max. at
240VAC without loads
Fuse: 3A fast, 5x20 mm
Pressure Sensor Input: 4 to 20 mA, sink/
source, programmable 10.0”, 15.0”, 25.0” w.c.
Pressure Switch Input: Dry contact, 4 mA at
13 VDC max.
Cycle Down Switch Input: Dry contact, 4 mA at
13 VDC max.
OUTPUTS
Solenoid Outputs: 10
Output Type: Triac
Output Rating: 150 VA (at max. ON, min. OFF, 1
output selected)
Timing Accuracy: -2mS, +10 mS or +1% (which-
ever is greater), ON-time synchronized to AC line
Alarm Relay: Form-A contact, 3A at 250
VAC/30 VDC, programmable normally open or
normally closed
DISPLAY INDICATORS
3-digit 7-segment LED display, 0.56 in. red
Program Parameters/Display Status/CANbus
Status: 17 green LEDs
Alarm: 1 red/yellow LED
Output Status: 1 red/green LED
PARAMETER RANGES
ON-Time: 0.050-600 sec.
OFF-Time: 1-999 sec.
Timing Accuracy: -2 ms, +10 ms or +1% (which-
ever is greater), ON-time synchronized to AC line
Cycle Down Cycles: 1-20, none
Cycle Down Delay: 60-600 sec.
P High Setpoint: 0-10/15/25” w.c., none
P Low Setpoint: 0-10/15/25” w.c., none
P High Alarm: 0-10/15/25” w.c., none
P Low Alarm: 0-10/15/25” w.c., none
COMMUNICATIONS
Type: CANbus architecture
Terminations: Screw terminals, #12 to #28 AWG,
finger safe
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -40°F to +150°F (-40°C
to +65°C)
Environmental Protection: Conformal coating
for humidity and vibration
Na t i o n a l C o n t r o l s C o r p..
E65038
.25 DIA. HOLE (4 PL.)
L2 TERMINALS ARE INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO L2 SUPPLY
GND
TO EXPANSION UNITS (IF USED)
TWISTED PAIR COMMUNICATIONS CABLE
N.C.N.O.
2 1
L1
100-240 VAC
L2
OUTPUTS TO 120 OR 240V AC AIR SOLENOIDS
SENSOR
P
SENSOR
P
+
–
SHOWS "SINK"
SHOWS "SOURCE"
(6.35)
Alarm
Output Pulsing
Cycle Down
Standby
Run
Pressure
Output
Solenoid Output
Solenoid On Time
Solenoid Off Time
Cycle Down Delay Time
Cycle Down Cycles
Pressure High Set Point
Alarm
Pressure Low Set Point
Pressure High Alarm Point
Pressure Low Alarm Point
3.15A
ALARM
ALARM
POWER
4.25 (107.95)
4.75 (120.65)
.25 (6.35)
.313 (7.95)
6.25 (158.75)
6.875 (174.63)
6.250 (158.75)
6.875 (174.63)
1.50
(38.1)
.50
(12.7)
L2 TERMINALS ARE INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO L2 SUPPLY
OUTPUTS TO 120 OR 240V AC AIR SOLENOIDS
.25 DIA. HOLE (4 PL.)
(6.35)
.25 (6.3)
3.225 (82.0)
3.725 (94.6)
GND
L1
L2 100-240 VAC
.313 (7.95)
2 1
TWISTED PAIR COMMUNICATIONS CABLE
TO MAIN CONTROLLER AND OTHER
EXPANSION UNITS (IF USED)
CORE-10
EXPANDER-10
EXPANDER-10 SPECIFICATIONS
INDICATORS
Solenoid Pulse Indication: 10 green LEDs
CANbus Status: 1 green LED
Output Status1: 1 red/green LED
OUTPUTS
Solenoids: 10 per Expansion Module
Output Type: Triac
Output Rating: 150 VA (at max. ON, min. OFF, 1
output selected)
Timing Accuracy: -2 ms, +10 ms or +1% (which-
ever is greater), ON-time synchronized to AC line
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer.
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-12 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
DUSTRONIX™ Pressure Differential Meter
Model DNC-PS700-A10
FEATURES
51 element tri-color LED meter move-
ment
P control relay output: programmable,
normally open or normally closed
P alarm relay output: programmable,
normally open or normally closed
Cleaning status LED
Alarm status LED
0-10” w.c. P range
Source or sink 4 to 20 mA P output
1/4 DIN panel mountable
NEMA 4 compatible
3-digit, 7-segment alpha-numeric
display
Removable finger-safe terminations
Replaces most popular P switches/
gauges
Non-volatile memory
User selectable program access code
Universal input voltage
Programmable Parameters:
Alarm Low/High setpoints
Cleaning Low/High setpoints
Alarm relay (normally open or normally
closed)
Cleaning relay (normally open or nor-
mally closed)
Units of measure (inches, w.c. or kPa)
Security code (user settable)
P offset compensation capability
The DUSTRONIX Pressure Differential Meter is
designed to interface with NCC dust collector
controls as well as other controllers. This meter
is capable of measuring differential pressure and
displaying that value in both analog bargraph
and digital displays. Both Low/High Cleaning and
Low/High Alarm setpoints can be programmed
with relay outputs. The Cleaning relay will ener-
gize when the measured pressure exceeds the
High Cleaning Setpoint, and will de-energize
when the pressure goes below the Low Cleaning
Setpoint. The Alarm relay will energize whenever
the measured pressure exceeds the High or Low
Alarm Setpoint.
The DUSTRONIX Pressure Differential Meter
will accept either a 0 to 10” w.c. pressure input
or a 4 to 20 mA input. A 4 to 20 mA output loop
is provided when the internal pressure sensor
is used. A 3-digit security code is also provided
to prevent unauthorized changes. The meter is
equipped with non-volatile memory which will
store all operating parameters when power is
removed.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Operating Logic: The DUSTRONIX Pressure
Differential Meter is shipped with factory
default settings (see details below). A pres-
sure or 4 to 20 mA input needs to be con-
nected, outputs wired as required, and
power applied to have a functioning system.
Program parameters can now be set for the
specific application.
SPECIFICATIONS
FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS
Low Alarm Setpoint = 1.0
High Alarm Setpoint = 8.0
Low Cleaning Setpoint = 2.0
High Cleaning Setpoint = 4.0
Alarm Relay = Ano
Cleaning Relay = Cno
Units = IN
Security Code = 0.0.0.
INPUTS
Voltage: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption: 5 VA max. at 240 VAC
OUTPUTS
Alarm Output Type: Form A relay contact, pro-
grammable normally open or normally closed
Alarm Output Rating: 5 A at 240 VAC/30 VDC
Control Output Type: Form-A relay contact, pro-
grammable normally open or normally closed
Control Output Rating: 5 A at 240 VAC/30 VDC
CURRENT LOOP
Type: 4 to 20 mA current loop, switch selectable
sink/source, represents 0 to 10” w.c. pressure
Accuracy: ±0.3 mA of displayed pressure
Measurement: Current of 4 to 20 mA or pressure
of 0 to 10 in. water
MECHANICAL
Enclosure: 1/4 DIN meter face
Material: 304 stainless steel
Electrical Terminations: Removable screw termi-
nals, 14-22 AWG
Pressure Terminations: Removable 0.125” hose-
barb type fittings
PRESSURE SENSOR
Type: Silicon piezoresistive transducer
Measurement Range: 0.0 to 10.0 in. water
(0-2.5 KPa)
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
100 to 240 VAC DNC-PS700-010
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
NEMA 4 enclosure for DNC-PS700-010 8” x 6” x 3.5” BOX-A0806-CHNF
The PS700
may be purchased
separately as an accessory
to NCC Dust Collector
Controls, as well as other
controllers
4-13
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer.
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593.
Accuracy: ±2% of full scale at 77°F (25°C); ±5%
of full scale over temperature and voltage range
Maximum Continuous Pressure: 10 psi
DISPLAYS
Units: Programmable for in. water or kPa
Bargraph Display: 51 element tri-color LED ana-
log differential pressure bargraph
Green = Differential pressure
Yellow = Cleaning setpoints
Red = Alarm setpoints
Digital Display: 3-digit, 7-segment differential
pressure display, 0.3 in. tall
Range: 00.0 to 10.0 in. (00.0 to 02.5 KPa), shows
“OPn” with no sensor connected or with vacuum
applied
Discrete LED Indicators:
Cleaning = Green
Alarm = Red / Yellow
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature Range: 32° to 150°F (0°
to 65°C)
Protection: Conformal coating on PCB for
humidity and vibration
ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING BRACKET
}
}
}
}
85 - 240 VAC
50/60 Hz L1
L2
+
-
4 - 20 mA
OUTPUT
CLEANING RELAY
OUTPUT CONTACTS
OUTPUT CONTACTS
ALARM RELAY
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
FOR REMOVEABLE 8 POSITION CONNECTOR
3.625
+0.000
-0.025
3.625
+0.000
-0.025
RECOMMENDED PANEL CUT-OUT
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
3.111
3.298
3.500
(2 PLACES)
SHOWN FOR REFERENCE
MOUNTING BRACKET
REMOVABLE
.750
MAX.
ALARM
CLEAN
L2
L1
4-20mA
(+)
(-)
BOTTOM VIEW
SHOWN WITH ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR REMOVED
8 POS.
REMOVEABLE
CONNECTOR
90-265
INPUT
DIRTY AIR
PLENUM
RELAY
ALARM
OUTPUT
CLEAN
RELAY
OUTPUT
CLEAN AIR
PLENUM
4-20mA
- +
VAC
3.500
8 POS. CONNECTOR
PHOENIX #17-57-30-7
OR EQUIVALENT
MOLEX #398600308
OR EQUIVALENT
lanotiNa sor lntoC r p ..oC
Digital Meter
0
.2
1
2
4
1.4
.6
.4
.8
3
1.2
1.0
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.6
1.8
8
7
56
10
9
FRONT VIEW
POLYESTER
4.000
4.000
OVERLAY
lanot iN a sor lntoC rp ..oC
Digital Meter
0
.2
1
2
4
1.4
.6
.4
.8
3
1.2
1.0
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.6
1.8
8
7
56
10
9
USC
R
TOP VIEW
BLACK INK
SCREENING
INPUT PRESSURE: 0-10 INCHES OPERATING PRESSURE
450 OHMS MAX LOOP RESISTANCE
CONTROL/ALARM OUTPUT: 5 AMPS 120/240VAC/30VDC
MANUFACTURED BY
FOR SERVICE CALL
S/N:
(800)323-2593
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE METER
NATIONAL CONTROLS CORPORATION
1725 WESTERN DR. WEST CHICAGO, IL. 60185
MODEL NO. DNC-PS700-A10
RANGE: 0-10 INCHES OF WATER
INPUT VOLTAGE: 90-265 VAC 50/60 Hz 5VA MAX.
CURRENT SOURCE OUTPUT
4-20 MA OUTPUT: 0-10 INCHES OF WATER
OUTPUT RATINGS:
E165149
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-14 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
Intelligent, AC-Input, Pulse Cleaning
of Bag House Dust Collectors
Models DNC-T2310 and DNC-T2320
FEATURES
On-board differential pressure sensor
4 - 20 mA output for DP
8 character alpha-numeric display
Microprocessor based control for stable
timing from -40°C to 65°C
Enhanced timer option: monitor addi-
tional devices; record dust collector
data; network timers together remote
network monitor; remote network con-
trol
RS232 port for remote monitor and con-
trol
Automatic output setup capability
Expanded cycle mode allows additional
dust collector controllers to expand out-
put capabilities
High pressure alarm indication
Output fault detection
Alarm output contacts
Alarm input sensors
Pulse time: line synchronized to elimi-
nate 8 ms triac turn off variation per
output
10 A 400 V output triacs for maximum
protection against output shorts; 200 VA
load rating
Conformally coated for protection
against vibration, humidity, and con-
tamination
Metal chassis provided: for mounting
directly into nema 4 box
Timer functionally tested to eliminate
field failures
Input protection: 30 joule metal oxide
varistor
One year warranty: warranted to be
free from defects in materials or work-
manship for one year from date of man-
ufacture
File #E65038
Models T2310 and T2320 are micro-
processor-based bag house filter controllers
which combine a ten or twenty output
sequencer with a solid state differential
pressure sensor. This offers a small, low-
cost replacement to the separate solid state
sequencer and pressure gauge combination
most often used in on-demand pulse jet
cleaning systems. These controllers will
sense the pressure difference across the
filters of a bag house and initiate a cleaning
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
cycle when the filters start to impede the air
flow. When the pressure drops to normal the
controller will stop cycling.
Standard Operating Logic: The timers can
operate in the following modes:
Auto output: only configured outputs will
be pulsed. Output faults will be detected
and indicated.
Manual output: outputs will recycle after
last output used.
Output step: a single cleaning pulse can
be initiated by pressing the output step
key regardless of pressure input.
Continuous cycle: controller will cycle
indefinitely when the bypass/cycle down
input is shorted.
Cycle down: the outputs will be pulsed
through a user seleced number of com-
plete cycles when the bypass/cycle down
input is shorted. This cycle will occur
regardless of pressure input.
Expanded output mode: controller will
cycle to output #10 or #20, then will ini-
tiate an extended output mode via the
alarm input and output terminals to
NCC’s DNC-T2000 series dust collec-
tor controllers. This will facilitate sys-
tems which require greater than 10 or 20
outputs.
Standard Timer Operation Status
Indication: The Timer can show the follow-
ing information on its 8-character alpha-
numeric display during normal operation:
DP from 0” to 15” water column
High or Low DP Alarms
Solenoid Fault Conditions
Current Output being Pulsed
Auxiliary Alarm Input Closures
Upon occurance of any alarm event, the
alarm status is reported on the display
along with the output number that was
pulsed during the time of the event.
Alarm Outputs: The isolated Alarm
Output contacts will close for alarm
conditions such as output faults,
high pressure alarm, warm-up failure,
etc. During an alarm condition, a
corresponding message is displayed.
Alarm Input: A closure across the Alarm
Input terminals will be indicated on
the display as well as initiate the Alarm
Output.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
In addition to the standard opera-
tion of the T2310 and T2320,
an enhanced operation option
is available with the use of the
DNC-T2300-I/O Remote Input/
Output module in conjunction
with the DNC-T2300-DSP Remote
Annunciator Panel. The T2310
and T2320 Timers along with the
DNC-T2300-I/O constitutes the
Enhanced Timer system which
allows the user to monitor and
record the data parameters associ-
ated with a dust collector system.
This system can range in size from
1 to 255 dust collectors, all report-
ing to a central location, the DNC-
T2300-DSP.
Enhanced Timer Operation
Status Indication: The Timer can
show the following information on
its 8 character alpha-numeric dis-
play during normal operation:
DP from 0” to 15” water column
High or Low DP Alarms
Solenoid Fault Conditions
Current Output being Pulsed
Auxiliary Alarm Input Closures
DNC-T2300-I/O Analog Input
Status
DNC-T2300-I/O Alarm Input
Closures
Upon occurance of any alarm
event, the alarm status is reported
on the display along with the out-
put number that was pulsed during
the time of the event.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4-15
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
For enhanced timer programming informa-
tion, see IDC Programming Tree on page
4-6.
Additional Features: The 2310/2320 con-
trollers also provide:
4 - 20 mA Output Loop: This output will
provide a continuous reading from 4 -20
mA corresponding to the sensed differen-
tial pressure range of 0” to 15” water col-
umn. This is a standard feature.
24 Hour Time/Day/Month Clock: The
clock feature will allow a daily automat-
ic turn on and turn off command to be
implemented by the controller. It can be
programmed to start and stop the clean-
ing cycles for up to seven events per
week. This is an optional feature found on
the B-series models.
●
●
CL1L2 1 32 94 65 7 8 10
S
LAST SOLENOID
EXPANDED MODE WIRING DIAGRAM FOR DNC-T2320-*10
PRESSURE SWITCH
DNC SERIES DUST
COLLECTOR CONTROLLER
DNC-T2010 MODEL SHOWN
(EXCEPT T2310)
L1 L2
AUX OUTPUT
#4
AUX INPUT
#4
-T2320-
INPUT VOLTAGE 120 VAC
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
RS232 Port:
Remote Terminal: An ANSI type ter-
minal is required for remote monitor-
ing and programming of the controller.
Connection to the controller is made via
the RS232 port (9 pin D-Sub connec-
tor). All the functions and display status
accessible from the controller are avail-
able through the ANSI terminal.
Remote I/O Interface: The 2310/2320
controllers are capable of communication
with the DNC-T2300-I/O board via the
RS232 port. This allows the user to moni-
tor up to three 4-20 mA analog inputs,
three contact closure type inputs, and
one Type J thermocouple. The I/O mod-
ule is programmed via the 2310/2320
keypad and can be user defined to set
alarm points from remote sensors of
parameters such as emission, air flow,
pressure, broken bags, fan motor current,
etc. Refer to the data sheet for the DNC-
T2300-I/O for additional information.
Programming Logic: The controller as sup-
plied from the factory will require user con-
figuration. Upon application of power the
display will indicate SETUP. The operator
must then configure the various operating
parameters using the six key keyboard of
the controller before normal cleaning opera-
tion can begin. The programmable param-
eters for Standard Operation as displayed
are:
OUTPUT
Auto Configuration: will automatically
sense the solenoids connected to the
outputs and will only pulse those outputs
during cleaning cycles.
Manual Configuration: the controller will
pulse each output until the last output
programmed and then recycle to output
#1.
LAST: the number of the last output
used.
LO DP: Low Pressure Setpoint, the pres-
sure at which the controller will stop its
cleaning cycle.
HI DP: High Pressure Setpoint, the pres-
sure at which the controller will start its
cleaning cycle.
ON: Output Solenoid On Time.
OFF: Off Delay Time Between Output
Solenoid Activation.
ALARM: High Differential Pressure Alarm
Set-point, the pressure at which the con-
troller will close its alarm contacts.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
WARRANTY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
Model DNC-T2310-010
SOL
COM
L1 L2
3AMP
12 3 4
OUTPUTS
5 6 7 8 10
9
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
1725 Western Dr.
S/N:
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-010
Date Code:
BYPASS
INPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
ALARM
INPUT
INCHES OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
National Controls
Corporatio
n
D
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALAR M
CONNECTOR
RS232
ITEM VALUE
National Controls
Corporation
S
Last solenoid
DNC-T2003 Through
DNC-T2032 Series
Dust Collector Controller
(DNC-T2010 model shown)
C10987654321L2
L1
PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
NO
. .
COIL
120 VAC Coil
SPST-NO
Relay
EXPANDED MODE WIRING DIAGRAM FOR DNC-T2310-*10
INPUT VOLTAGE 120 VAC
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer.
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-16 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
SPECIFICATIONS
FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS
Lo Pressure = 2” water column
HI Pressure = 4” water column
Alarm Pressure = 14” water column
Output Quantity = 10
Off Time = 15 seconds
On Time = 0.10 seconds
Output Configuration = Manual
I/O Expansion = No
INPUTS
Voltage: 105 -135 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
Maximum Ratings at 135 VAC Input Voltage:
Power Consumption: 10 VA, without loads
DNC-T2310:
Bypass Switch Open Circuit Voltage: 24 VDC
Bypass Switch Short Circuit Current: 4.3 mA
Alarm Inputs 1-3:
Open Circuit Voltage: 24 VDC
Short Circuit Current: 4.3 mA
DNC-T2320:
Bypass Switch Open Circuit Voltage: 24 VDC
Bypass Switch Short Circuit Current: 4.3 mA
Alarm Inputs 1-3:
Open Circuit Voltage: 24VDC.
Short Circuit Current: 4.3 mA
Auxiliary Input #4: 90-135 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
6.6 mA at 135 VAC
ORDERING INFORMATION
OUTPUTS DESCRIPTION AUX. INPUTS INPUT VOLTAGE OFF TIME PART NUMBER
10 4-20 mA Loop 3 105 to 135 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2310-A10
10 4-20 mA Loop and 24 hr. clock 1 105 to 135 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2310-B10
10 4-20 mA Loop 3 210 to 270 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2310-A220
10 4-20 mA Loop and 24 hr. clock 1 210 to 270 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2310-B220
20 4-20 mA Loop 4* 105 to 135 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2320-A10
20 4-20 mA Loop and 24 hr. clock 2* 105 to 135 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2320-B10
20 4-20 mA Loop 4* 210 to 270 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2320-A220
20 4-20 mA Loop and 24 hr. clock 2* 210 to 270 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2320-B220
10 4-20 mA Loop in NEMA 4X box 3 105 to 135 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2310-KIT
20 4-20 mA Loop in NEMA 4X box 4* 105 to 135 VAC 7 to 999 sec. DNC-T2320-KIT
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
NEMA 4 Enclosure - Steel 10” x 8” x 4” BOX-A1008-CHNF
NEMA 4 Enclosure - Steel 12” x 10” x 5” BOX-A1210-CHNF
NEMA 4 Window Enclosure - Fiberglass 12” x 10” x 6” BOX-A1210-CHSC
Pilot Lamp NEMA 4 Rated Red Light ASL-00RED-NEMA-4
ON/OFF Switch NEMA 4 Rated w Legend Plate MSW-0DPST-001
* When unit is configured for expanded mode operation, input #4 is not available
AMETEK NCC offers NEMA 4 type enclosures for
mounting our controls. These enclosures are made of
heavy gauge steel or fiberglass and have a continu-
ous hinge cover. All seams are continuously welded.
The finish is gray hammer-tone enamel inside and
out, over phosphatized surfaces for steel units,
smooth gray finish for fiberglass units.
AIR PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
Sensor Type: Silicon piezoresistive transducer
with dual inlets
Measurement Range: 0.0 to 15.0” of water
Accuracy: ±2% of full scale at 25°C ±6% of full
scale over temperature and voltage range
Maximum Continuous Pressure: 10 psi
DISPLAY
Type: 8-character, 16-segment vacuum fluores-
cent display; characters .2” high, alpha-numeric
TIMING:
Solenoid ON Time Range: .01-.50 sec.
Solenoid OFF Time Range: 7 -999 sec.
Timing Accuracy: -2 ms, +10 ms or ±1%, which-
ever is greater; Solenoid ON Time is synchronized
to the AC line
OUTPUTS
Maximum Solenoid Output: 200 VA or W at
max. duty cycle
Solenoid Output Voltage: Input voltage 2.5 VAC
at 200 VA load
Solenoid Output Type: Solid state triac
Solenoid Output Short Circuit Protection:
3 AG fast acting
120 V units: 3 A/250 VAC fuse
240 V units: 1.5 A/250 VAC fuse
DNC-T2310:
Alarm Output Type: 1-FORM A relay contact
Alarm Output Rating: 3 A at 120/240 VAC
DNC-T2320:
Alarm Output Type: 1-FORM A relay
contact
Alarm Output Rating: 3 A at 120/240
VAC
Aux. Output #4 Type: 1-FORM A relay
contact
Aux. Output #4 Rating: 3 A at 120/240
VAC
Current Loop:
Type: 4 - 20 mA current loop, current
is sourced by the controller. Signal
represents 0 to 15 inches of differential
pressure (DP)
Accuracy: ±.3 mA of displayed pressure
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
Type: RS232
Terminal Emulation: ANSI VT100
Mode: 9600 Baud, 8-Data Bits 1-Start
Bit 1-Stop Bit, X ON - X OFF, No Parity
Connector: 9-Pin male IBM compatible
D-SUB connector
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature Range: -40°
to 65°C
Environmental Protection: Conformal
coating for humidity and vibration
Contact factory for additional information
4-17
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
ALARM
2.275
6.875
.312
.65
.25
8.25
8.75
2.5 MAX.
FUSE
.06 THICK
ALUMINUM MOUNTING
PLATE #6 SCREW TERM.
(13 PL.)
L1
L2 10 -OUTPUTS TO 120 VAC SOLENOID
AIR VALVES. SOL. COM. TERMINAL IS
INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO L2 TERMINAL.
VACUUM FLUORESCENT
DISPLAY (8 CHAR.)
(16 SEGMENT)
POLYESTER OVERLAY
KEYPAD .25 DIA MOUNTING HOLE
(4 PL.)
RS-232 9 CIRCUIT
MALE CONNECTOR
2 POS. SCREW TERMINAL
(3 PL.)
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
CYCLE BYPASS INPUT
REMOTE ALARM
CONDITION OUTPUT
ALARM VOLTAGE SOURCE
REMOTE ALARM
CONDITION INPUT
USER HOOKUP
'HI' SIDE (DIRTY AIR PLENUM) AND
'LOW' SIDE (CLEAN AIR PLENUM )
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
1/8-27" NPT FEMALE
FITTING CONNECTION
(2 PL.)
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
WARRANTY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
Model DNC-T2310-010
SOL
COM
L1 L2 12 3 4
OUTPUTS
5 6 7 8 10
9
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
1725 Western Dr.
S/N:
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-010
Date Code:
BYPASS
INPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
ALARM
INPUT
INCHES OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
National Controls
Corporation
D
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
CONNECTOR
RS232
ITEM VALUE
National Controls
Corporation
6.250
AUX ALARM
INPUTS
4-20mA OUTPUT
CONDITION
REMOTE ALARM
CYCLE BYPASS INPUT
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID AN Y
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
.06 THICK
ALUMINUM
MOUNTING PLATE
(26 PL.)
#6 SCREW TERM
.
FUSE
SOL. COM. TERMINALS ARE INTERNALLY CONNECTEDTO L2 TERMINAL
20 -OUTPUTS TO 120 VAC SOLENOID AIR-VALVES
L2
L1
WARRANTY
L2
L1 COM
SOL COM
SOL 12345 11
OUTPUT
S
678 9 10 14
12 13
(16 SEGMENT)
DISPLAY (8 CHAR.)
VACUUM FLUORESCENT
.25
8.25
8.875
.312
2.5 MAX.
INPUT 1
Corporation
National Controls
West Chicago, IL. 60185
1725 Western Dr.
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2320-B10
S/N:
R
Date Code:
R
INCHES OF WATER
ITEM VALUE
CANCEL
ALARM
STEP
10.75
10.250
SEE FIGURE 2
MALE CONNECTOR
RS-232 9 CIRCUIT
2.325
POLYESTER OVERLAY
KEYPAD
OUTPUT
RS232
OUTPUT
ALARM
-
4-20mA
INPUT
BYPASS
+
ALARM
INPUT
ALARM
16
15
EXPANDED MODE
AUX INPUT FOR
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
TAPPED 1/8-27 NPT
AND LOW SIDE ('CLEAN AIR PLENUM
('DIRTY AIR PLENUM')
USER HOOKUP
17
18
20
19
(2 PL.)
120VAC
INPUT
#4
AUX
L2
L1
AUX
OUTPUT
#4
ALARM
ALARM OR
50/60 HZ
120 VAC
(ALARM VOLTAGE
CONDITION OUTPUT
REMOTE ALARM
(7 PL.)
2 POS. SCREW
TERMINAL
(4 PL.)
.25 DIA. MOUNTING
HOLE
SOURCE)
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (DP)
.59
AUX ALARM
INPUTS
AUX OUTPUT FOR
EXPANDED MODE OR
AUX REMOTE ALARM
CONDITION OUTPUT
(ALARM VOLTAGE SOURCE)
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
HI SIDE
Model
DNC-T2310-A10
Model
DNC-T2320-A10
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-18
SEE NOTE 3
ACCESS SCREW
(2 PL.)
1725 Western Dr.
INPUT: 120 VAC 50/60 HZ
3A, 120/240 VAC 50/60 HZ
ALARM OUTPUT:
West Chicago, IL. 60185
SOLENOID OUTPUT:
MODEL No. DNC-T2310-KIT
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
200 VA, 120 VAC 50/60 HZ
10 VA PLUS LOADS
National Controls
Corporation
DIRTY AIR PLENUM
CONNECTION
CLEAN AIR PLENUM
CONNECTION
4 PL.
.16
.31 X .50
MOUNTING SLOT
(4 PL.)
12.94
8.0
1/4" FNPT
1.5
5.625
4.125
SCREENING
BLACK INK
AIR CONNECTIONS
3
2
ALARM
INPUT
ALARM
INPUT
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS:
Corporation
Date Code:
National Controls
S/N:
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-A10
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
1725 Western Dr.
BYPASS
(-)
(+)
INPUT
D
P OUTPUT
RS232
4-20 mA
CONNECTOR
OUTPUT
ALARM
1
INPUT
ALARM
HI SIDE
LOW SIDE
8708/2/99
OUTPUT
STEP
ALARM
CANCEL
VALUE
ITEM
D
INCHES OF WATER
ALARM
ALARM
3INPUT INPUT2
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
10
8
7
6
5
4
OUTPUTS
9
32
1
L2
L1 SOL
COM
National Controls
Corporation
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
WARRANTY
3AMP
SEE NOTE 3
1/4" FNPT
SPECIFICATION FOR DNC-T2320-KIT
5.75
4.25
NOTES:
1. DIMENSIONS: INCHES
2. NOT ALL COMPONENTS
ARE SHOWN.
3. 4 MOUNTING FEET AND 4
SCREWS ARE SHIPPED WITH
THE UNIT (NOT INSTALLED).
ACCESS
SCREW
(2 PL.)
WITH CLEAR WINDOW 10.25 X 8.25
NEMA TYPE 4X ENCLOSURE
FIBERGLASS POLYESTER HINGED
12 X 10 X 6
National Controls
DIRTY AIR PLENUM
CLEAN AIR PLENUM
CONNECTION
Corporation
1725 Western Dr.
INPUT: 120 VAC 50/60 HZ
3A, 120/240 VAC 50/60 HZ
ALARM OUTPUT:
West Chicago, IL. 60185
SOLENOID OUTPUT:
MODEL No. DNC-T2320-KIT
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
200 VA, 120 VAC 50/60 HZ
10 VA PLUS LOADS
CONNECTION
4 PL.
.16
12.94
.31 X .50
MOUNTING SLOT
(4 PL.)
8.0
Date Code:S/N:
DIRTY AIR PLENUM
CONNECTION
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2320-A10
2
B
AINPUT
ALARM
3
A
BINPUT
ALARM
National Controls
Corporation
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
#4
OUTP
AUX
AUX
#4
INPU
120V
19
20
18
17
15
16
OUTPUT
STEP
ALARM
CANCEL
VALUE
ITEM
D
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
INCHES OF WATER
CONNECTION
CLEAN AIR PLENUM
INPUT 1
13
12 14
10
9
87
6
OUTPUTS
11
54
3
21
SOL
COM
SOL
COM
L1 L2
3AMP
1.5
SCREENING
BLACK INK
AIR
CONNECTIONS
SPECIFICATION FOR DNC-T2310-KIT
8710/2/99
Product Overview: The models DNC-
T2310-KIT and DNC-T2320-KIT are micro-
processor-based, 10/20 output sequencer,
reverse air bag house filter controllers. Each
is housed in a NEMA 4X fiberglass enclo-
sure which has a clear window for monitor-
ing the controller’s display. The enclosure
dimensions are 12 inches high by 10 inches
wide and 6 inches deep. The door is hinged
in the left for the 2310-KIT and the bottom
for the 2320-KIT, and can be opened by
loosening two screws located on the side
opposite the hinge.
Air connections are made by mount-
ing to the 1/4-inch NPT female connectors
on the right side of the unit. Connectors
are labeled as DIRTY AIR PLENUM
CONNECTION or the high pressure side of
the filter, and CLEAN AIR PLENUM
CONNECTION which is the low
pressure side of the filter. Holes
must be made in the enclosure to
connect conduit fittings for electri-
cal power to the controller.
For operation of the controls,
refer to specifications on page 4-3.
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
4-19
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
OUTPUT = x
LAST = xx
CYL DN N (or Y)
NO CYL x
LO P = xx
HI P = xx
ON = xxx
OFF = xx
ALMH = xx.x
ALML = xx.x
4 - 20 #1
AUX 1
HIGH xxx
LOW xxx
ALRMH xx.x
ALRML xx.xALRML xx.x
EXIT
HIGH xxx
LOW xxx
ALARM xxx
EXIT
EMIS x
x = Y
x = N
4 - 20 #2
HIGH xxx
LOW xxx
ALRMH xx.x
ALRML xx.x
EXIT
HIGH xxx
LOW xxx
DIAM xxx
ALH xxx
AIRFLW x x = Y
x = N
4 - 20 #3
HIGH xxx
LOW xxx
ALRMH xx.x
ALRML xx.x
EXIT
HIGH xxx
LOW xxx
ALARH xxx
ALARL xxx
EMIS x x = Y
x = N
ALL xxx
EXIT
DROP xxx
EXIT
PROG IDC PROG I/O
I/O Y (or N)
IDENT x
I/O V xxx
4 - 20 1 x EXIT
x = N
x = Y
4 - 20 2 x EXIT
x = N
x = Y
4 - 20 3 x EXIT
x = N
x = Y
BAG TEMP
BAGTMP EXIT
x = N
x = Y
ALARH xx.x
ALARL xx.x
EXIT
ALCK xx.x
HOPPER xxx
EXIT
If x = N, Display Reports: "ERR AUX 4"
If x = N, Display Reports: "ERR AUX 5"
If x = Y, Display Reports: "ERR ALCK"
If x = Y, Display Reports: "ERR HOPP"
PROG CLK
CLOCK x EXIT
x = N
x = Y
TIME xx.xx
HOUR xx
MINS xx
DAY = xx
DAY ON.xx
HOUR = xx
MIN = xx
DAY OFF.xx
HOUR = xx
MIN= xx
Non-changeable
Non-
changeable
DAY ON.xx
HOUR = xx
MIN = xx
DAY OFF.xx
HOUR = xx
MIN= xx
EXIT
x = N
x = Y
EXIT
E
V
E
N
T
1
Upto 7
On/Off
Events
EXIT
PROGRAM Press ITEM Key until "PROGRAM" is Displayed
RUN
DISPLAY
E
V
E
N
T
n
Non-
changeable
AUX 2
Non-
changeable
AUX 1
Non-
changeable
Display Keypad
IDC Programming
Tree
ITEM VALUE
OUTPUT
STEP
ALARM
CANCEL
Use the and Item Keys to navigate
within the Programming Tree. The Key
moves up the Tree. The Key moves down
the Tree.
Use the and Value Keys to select
Program Options, or change parameters.
The Key increments value. The Key
decrements value
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-20 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
Intelligent Dust Collector Controller
Remote Input/Output Module
Model DNC-T2300-I/O
FEATURES
Enhances T2310 and T2320 timer oper-
ation
Monitors three 4-20 mA analog inputs
Monitors three switched inputs
Monitors one type J thermocouple
Operating temperature range from
-40°C to 65°C
Communicates via RS232 port to intel-
ligent controller
Communicates via 2 wire network to
remote sites
Interconnectable for overall system
management
Large storage capacity for historical
trending of system data
Aids in system diagnostics
Increases overall system efficiency
Conformally coated for protection
against vibration, humidity, and con-
tamination
Metal chassis provided: for mounting
directly into NEMA 4 box
Timer functionally tested to eliminate
field failures
One Year Warranty: warranted to be
free from defects in materials or work-
manship for one year from date of
manufacture
File #E65038
The Model DNC-T2300-I/O module provides
several functions. It communicates with a
T2310 or T2320 Dust Collector Timer via the
RS232 port to form an Enhanced Timer sys-
tem, and it communicates pertinent system
data to remote control/display devices via
the 2 wire Enhanced Timer Network. It also
incorporates three 4-20 mA current loop
inputs, three contact closure type inputs,
and one type J thermocouple input. In addi-
tion, the I/O board provides 16K bytes of
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
non-volatile memory for the storage of
up to one year of input trending data. The
I/O board requires either a T2310 or T2320
Timer to program and operate the board
and a T2300 Display Panel to access data
trending reports.
The I/O board offers significant versatil-
ity to the Intelligent Dust Collector Controller
system. It can monitor, display, alert, and
store dust collector system parameters from
pressure sensors, emission monitors, ple-
num air flow sensors, broken bag detectors,
fan motor current sensors and any other
device which has a 4-20 mA current output
or contact closure output. The unit works
in conjunction with the T2310 and T2320
Timers and also with the DNC-T2300-DSP
Display Panel.
Operating Logic: Upon application of
power to the unit, communication will be
established with the T2310 or T2320 Timer
via the RS232 port. The I/O board can then
be configured for the inputs provided to it
by using the keypad on the controller. Alarm
setpoints and 4-20 mA scaling can be pro-
grammed for different types of inputs to be
displayed in a meaningful fashion on the
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
105 to 135 VAC DNC-T2310-A10
210 to 270 VAC DNC-T2310-A220
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS PART NUMBER
Enclosure 10” x 8” x 4” BOX-A1008-CHNF
L1 L2
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
WARRANTY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
Model DNC-T2310-010
SOL
COM
L1 L2
3AMP
123 4
OUTPUTS
5 6 7 8 10
9
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
1725 Western Dr.
S/N:
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-010
Date Code:
BYPASS
INPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
ALARM
INPUT
INCHES OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
National Controls
Corporation
D
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
CONNECTOR
RS232
ITEM VALUE
National Controls
Corporation
RS-232 Null Modem Cable
T2310 & I/O Board Wiring Diagram
DNC-T2310-010
DNC-T2300-I/O
Network Connection
to DSP-T2300-010
controller’s 8 character display and
output via the two wire Enhanced
Timer Network to the DNC-T2300-
DSP remote display panel.
Inputs: There are three gener-
al purpose 4-20mA current loop
inputs which are configured by the
Timer. Depending on how the par-
ticular 4-20 mA inputs are config-
ured, the messages that appear
on the Timer’s display would either
show a generic range of 0-100%
based on the 4-20 mA input or
data units specific to three pre-pro-
grammed sensing devices would
be displayed.
There are two general purpose
switched inputs which will moni-
tor and report up to two contact
closures as alarm conditions to
the Timer, and one contact clo-
sure input which allows the user to
place the Enhanced Timer system
in standby mode.
4-21
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
The I/O board also has the capacity to
monitor the temperature of a type J thermo-
couple in °F, with a range of 40°F to 700°F.
History Trending: The I/O board has the
capability to store data generated by the
Timer connected to its RS232 port as well
as data generated by the various sensing
devices connected to its inputs. Data histo-
ry is subdivided into three categories: Short
Term History, Long Term History, and Alarm
History.
Short Term History is a time and date
stamped recording of the hourly averages of
the 4-20mA inputs, the Differential Pressure
from the Timer, the highest temperature
recorded, and the number of outputs that
were pulsed in that hour. This Short Term
History period is two weeks, after which
time the oldest 24 hours of recorded data
is averaged along with the highest recorded
temperature and the number of outputs that
were pulsed for that period and is stored in
Long term history.
The Long Term History period is one
year, after which time the oldest recorded
data is discarded to make room for new
data.
Alarm History is event driven, if any
alarm conditions occur, a time and date
stamped “snapshot” of all the system
parameters is recorded in a First-In-First-
Out circular data buffer. This FIFO buffer
can store up to 212 alarm events and is not
time dependent.
In order to generate the Data History
Reports, a DNC-T2300-DSP Remote
Display Panel and a terminal device capable
of communicating standard ASCII via an
RS232 connection are required.
SPECIFICATIONS
INPUTS
Voltages: 105-135 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 210-270 VAC,
50/60 Hz
4-20 mA Current Loops:
Input Impedance: 401.5 ohms +20 ohms
Accuracy: +1% of applied signal.
#1: Emissions/Aux1 (Sink Capability Only)
User Selectable Functions:
Emissions: Output is percent of full scale input
Generic: Output is percent of full scale input
#2: Air Flow/Aux2 (Sink Capability Only)
User Selectable Functions:
Air Flow: Pitot Tube sensing device required,
output range 0 to 6.5 mega SCFM
Generic: Output is percent of full scale input
#3: Manifold/Aux3 (Source or Sink Capability)
Source Voltage: +24v +2v
User Selectable Functions:
Manifold pressure: Output range: 0 to 999 psi
Generic: Output is Percent of full scale input.
Switched Inputs:
Alarm Input Open Circuit Voltage: 40 VDC
Alarm Input Short Circuit Current: 4.5 mA
#1: Airlock Fault/Aux4 Alarm: Input will be
labled and recorded as either Air Flow or Aux4
depending on user selection.
#2: High Hopper/Aux5 Alarm: Input will be
labled and recorded as either High Hopper or
Aux5 depending on user selection.
#3: Standby Function: Dedicated as a Remote
Standby Switch Input.
Thermocouple Input:
Thermocouple: Type J
Temp. Measurement Range: -40°F to 700°F
Temp. Measurement Accuracy: +4°F
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
Null modem type connection required between
controller and I/O board.
Type: RS232
Mode: 4800 baud, 8-data bits 1-start bit 1-stop
bit, X ON - X OFF, no parity
Function: Dedicated for communication with a
T2300 Series Dust Collector Controller.
Connector: 9-pin male IBM-compatible D-SUB
connector. Null modem type connection required
between controller and I/O board.
Network Connection:
Type: 2 wire twisted pair
Termination: 52.3 ohm, 1%, 1/8 W resistor
Network Connection Device: FTT-10A Transceiver
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature Range: -40° to 65°C
Humidity: 90% non-condensing
Environmental Protection: RTV conformal coat-
ing for humidity and vibration
Contact factory for additional information
.06 THICK ALUMINUM
MOUNTING PLATE
2 POS. SCREW
TERMINAL (8 PL.)
2.50 MAX.
RS-232 9 CIRCUIT
MALE CONNECTOR
TO
NETWORK
CONNECTION
.25 DIA. MOUNTING
HOLE (4 PL.)
4-20mA
Inputs
"J" THERMOCOUPLE
Input
CURRENT LOOP SINK
OR SOURCE SWITCH
(SWITCH SHOWN IN
SINK POSITION)
Input Voltage
50/60Hz
4.250
5.000
Switched
Inputs
6.75
6.25
GROUND
RECEIVE DATA
TRANSMIT DATA
6
1
97 8
32 4 5
GROUND
6
1
97 8
32 4 5
6
1
97 8
32 4 5
RS-232 Null Modem Cable
Wiring Diagram
RS232 CONNECTORS (TOP VIEW)
9-PIN RS232 D-SUB (PLUG) CONNECTOR
MOUNTED ON CONTROLLER
MATES WITH 9 PIN (RECEPTACLE)
CONNECTOR AMP #747150-1 OR EQUIV.
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer.
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-22 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
Intelligent Dust Collector Controller
Remote Annunciator Panel
Model DNC-T2300-DSP
FEATURES
Remotely monitors up to 255 enhanced
timers
Communicates via 2 wire network to
enhanced timers
NEMA 4 front panel access control
History report generation for 1 year of
system data
Alarm report generation for over 200
alarm events
Remote PC connection via RS232 port
12 tri-color LEDs for at-a-glance system
status annunciation
2 line x 8 character alpha-numeric dis-
play
Monitors two switched inputs
Provides one alarm output relay
Aids in system diagnostics
Use to increase overall system
efficiency
Operating temperature range from
-40°C to 65°C
One Year Warranty: warranted to be
free from defects in materials or work-
manship for one year from date of man-
ufacture
File #E65038
The Model DNC-T2300-DSP is a remote
display panel used to monitor and con-
trol the parameters of the Enhanced
Timer Network, which consists of 1 to 255
Intelligent Dust Collector Controller and I/O
Board combinations or Enhanced Timers.
The display panel communicates with the
Enhanced Timer Network via a simple two
wire connection over a distance of up to
1.5 miles. Data generated by the Enhanced
Timer Network is presented on a 2 line x 8
character vacuum fluorescent alpha-numer-
ic display. In addition, instantaneous system
status is reported by 12 tri-colored LEDs,
some of which can be user assigned to
monitor specific conditions. The Enhanced
Timer Network monitored by the display can
be interconnected in a variety of ways: in
series, parallel, and/or series-parallel. It is
also possible to have more than one DNC-
T2300-DSP connected to an Enhanced
Timer Network.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Operating logic: Upon application of power
to the unit, communication will be estab-
lished with the Enhanced Timer Network.
When everything on the network is normal,
all the LEDs will be illuminated green and
the data from the first Enhanced Timer on
the network will be displayed. If no com-
munication is established, then the mes-
sage NET FAIL will be displayed and the
NETWORK STATUS LED will begin flashing
red to indicate a fault.
Each Enhanced Timer on the network
is programmed with its unique ID number.
When the display is presenting the data
from any Enhanced Timer on the network,
this ID number will be shown as “TIMER
xxx” (with xxx being the ID number) along
with the data on the alpha-numeric display.
The data from any Enhanced Timer on the
network will be presented sequentially in a
scrolling fashion on the alpha-numeric dis-
L1 L2
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
WARRANTY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
Model DNC-T2310-010
SOL
COM
L1 L2
3AMP
123 4
OUTPUTS
5 6 7 8 10
9
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
1725 Western Dr.
S/N:
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-010
Date Code:
BYPASS
INPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
ALARM
INPUT
INCHES OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
National Controls
Corporatio
n
D
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
CONNECTOR
RS23
2
ITEM VALUE
National Controls
Corporatio
n
OPTIONS
DISPLAY
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
ITEM
VALUE
D P Alarm
Auxiliary Alarms
Temperature Alar
m
Solenoid Alar
m
Fan Alar
m
Network Status
Emmission / Aux1 Alarm
Air Flow / Aux2 Alar
m
Comp. Air / Aux3 Alar
m
Airlock / Aux4 Alar
m
Hopper / Aux5 Alar
m
Diaphragm Fault
Controller Status
I/O Status
Dust Collector
System Status
National Controls
Corporatio
n
IIndicators: Green - Ok Yellow - Warning Red - Fault
L1 L2
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
WARRANTY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
Model DNC-T2310-010
SOL
COM
L1 L2
3AMP
123 4
OUTPUTS
5 6 7 8 10
9
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
1725 Western Dr.
S/N:
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-010
Date Code:
BYPASS
INPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
ALARM
INPUT
INCHES OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
National Controls
Corporatio
n
D
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
CONNECTOR
RS232
ITEM VALUE
National Controls
Corporation
L1 L2
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
WARRANTY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
Model DNC-T2310-010
SOL
COM
L1 L2
3AMP
123 4
OUTPUTS
5 6 7 8 10
9
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
1725 Western Dr.
S/N:
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-01
0
Date Code:
BYPASS
INPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
ALARM
INPUT
INCHES OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
National Controls
Corporatio
n
D
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
CONNECTOR
RS232
ITEM VALUE
National Controls
Corporatio
n
L1 L2
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
WARRANTY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
Model DNC-T2310-010
SOL
COM
L1 L2
3AMP
123 4
OUTPUTS
5 6 7 8 10
9
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
1725 Western Dr.
S/N:
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-010
Date Code:
BYPASS
INPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
ALARM
INPUT
INCHES OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
National Controls
Corporatio
n
D
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
CONNECTOR
RS232
ITEM VALUE
National Controls
Corporatio
n
L1 L2
FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL VOID ANY
WARRANTY
DO NOT USE SLOW-BLOW OR LARGER SIZE
Model DNC-T2310-010
SOL
COM
L1 L2
3AMP
123 4
OUTPUTS
5 6 7 8 10
9
HI SIDE
CONNECTIONS:
PRESSURE
LOW SIDE
1725 Western Dr.
S/N:
INTELLIGENT DUST CONTROL
West Chicago, IL. 60185
INPUT VOLTAGE:120 VAC, 10VA
MODEL NO.: DNC-T2310-010
Date Code:
BYPASS
INPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
ALARM
INPUT
INCHES OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
National Controls
Corporatio
n
D
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
CONNECTOR
RS232
ITEM VALUE
National Controls
Corporatio
n
Typical Enhanced Timer
Network Connection
Timer 1
Timer 2
Timer 3
Timer 4
Timer 5
DNC-T2300-DSP
IDC Board
I/O Board
IDC Board
I/O Board
IDC Board
I/O Board
IDC Board
I/O Board
IDC Board
I/O Board
Twisted Pair
Enhanced Timer Network
4-23
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
play, for as long as the display is set for that
particular timer. Enhanced Timer selection
is accomplished by accessing the SELECT
TIMER menu item (see programming tree).
If, during the course of normal opera-
tion, an alarm occurs on an Enhanced Timer
other than that which is being displayed,
the display will automatically switch to the
Enhanced Timer generating the alarm and
show the alarm condition along with all
other parameters associated with it. Alarm
events are annunciated by the alpha-numer-
ic display along with a corresponding LED
indicator which will begin flashing red until
the alarm condition has been cleared or
until the ALARM CANCEL key has been
pressed.
An additional feature of the display is the
normally open Alarm Output Relay, which
closes on any alarm condition; this output
can be used to switch a signalling device to
alert the user. When an alarm condition is
present, pressing the ALARM CANCEL key
will cause the Alarm Output Relay to open
but keep the Alarm status in effect on the
display and change the flashing red LED to
a steady amber to indicate that the alarm
condition has been acknowledged but has
not yet been cleared.
The six button keypad similar to that
found on the Enhanced Timer can be used
to program parameters or generate History
Reports of any Enhanced Timer on the net-
work (see programming tree for overview).
Programming data is sent over the two
wire network to the respective Enhanced
Timer. History Report data is sent over the
RS232 port on the display to a device which
is capable of displaying and/or storing a
comma delimited ASCII file format. A typi-
cal application would be to connect a lap-
top PC computer’s RS232 port to the dis-
play’s RS232 port with a null modem cable
and download a History Report into a file
for later analysis in a spreadsheet program.
Remote access of the display functions is
also available via the RS232 port. Using the
same connection as stated above, a PC can
be used to display all the data provided by
an Enhanced Timer as well as program any
facet of the Enhanced Timer Network.
Among the features of the display is a
battery backed up, 24 hour Day/Date/Year
clock, which maintains the Enhanced Timer
Network time for accurate recording of
History logging and all alarm events for all
of the Enhanced Timers on the network.
Furthermore, two Alarm Inputs are provided
on the display for monitoring general sys-
tem alarms or whatever the user desires.
The DNC-T2300-DSP is designed to be
used as a central point of control for either
a small or large facility which has multiple
dust collectors or to monitor a dust collec-
tor from a remote location. Since the two
wire network utilizes peer-to-peer com-
munication protocol, it is possible to have
more than one display connected to the
Enhanced Timer Network to report the sta-
tus of different Timers simultaneously.
Caution:
1. Do not mount controls in high vibration areas with-
out shock mounts.
2. Do not mount controls in areas of high dust or cor-
rosive atmospheres without a protective enclosure.
3 Do not use a converter or inverter for the power
source.
4. Do not mount control in high transient voltage
areas without an isolation transformer.
5. Do not leave control box open.
6. Do not allow a local repair shop to repair the con-
trols, as we employ some very sophisticated compo-
nents that could be further damaged. For service, call
us directly: 800-323-2593.
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
105 to 135 VAC DNC-T2300-DSP
210 to 270 VAC DNC-T2301-DSP
4.3
.312 DIA. 4 HOLES
.75
11.5
10.0
10.75
6.0
8.0
1.0
OPTIONS
DISPLAY
OUTPUT
STEP
CANCEL
ALARM
ITEM
VALUE
D P Alarm
Auxiliary Alarms
Temperature Alarm
Solenoid Alarm
Fan Alarm
Network Status
Emmission / Aux1 Alarm
Air Flow / Aux2 Alarm
Comp. Air / Aux3 Alarm
Airlock / Aux4 Alarm
Hopper / Aux5 Alarm
Diaphragm Fault
Controller Status
I/O Status
Dust Collector
System Status
National Controls
Corporation
IIndicators: Green - Ok Yellow - Warning Red - Fault
GROUND
RECEIVE DATA
TRANSMIT DATA
6
1
97 8
32 4 5
GROUND
6
1
97 8
32 4 5
6
1
97 8
32 4 5
RS-232 Null Modem Cable
Wiring Diagram
RS232 CONNECTORS (TOP VIEW)
9-PIN RS232 D-SUB (PLUG) CONNECTOR
MOUNTED ON CONTROLLER
MATES WITH 9 PIN (RECEPTACLE)
CONNECTOR AMP #747150-1 OR EQUIV.
The DNC-T230*-DSP is housed in a NEMA 4 type enclosure ready
for mounting. This enclosure is made of heavy gauge steel and has
a continuous hinge cover. All seams are continuously welded. The
finish is gray hammer-tone enamel inside and out, over phospha-
tized surfaces.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-24
L2L1
Input Voltage
Remote Alarm
Input 2
21
100
TERMINATIO N
50
Remote Alarm
Relay Output
Network
Connection
to Enhanced
Timer Networ
k
ALARM
Alarm Voltage
Source
RS-232 Null Modem Cable
To PC or Terminal
Remote Alarm
Input 2
SPECIFICATIONS
INPUTS
Voltages: 105-135 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 210-270 VAC,
50/60 Hz
Switched Inputs:
Alarm Input Open Circuit Voltage: 10 VDC
Alarm Input Short Circuit Current: 13 mA
#1: Display 1 Alarm: Status LED Auxiliary Alarms
#2: Display 2 Alarm: Status LED Auxiliary Alarms
OUTPUTS
Alarm Output
Type: 1-Form A (SPST) relay contact
Rating: 3 A at 120/240 VAC
Display: 2 line x 8 character; alpha-numeric
vacuum fluorescent, .3” high
Status LEDs:
Quantity: 12
Type: Tri-Color; Red-Fault, Yellow-Alarm acknowl-
edged, Green-Normal
Status LED Nomenclature:
dP Alarm Solenoid Alarm
Auxiliary Alarms Fan/Alarm 1
Temperature Alarm Network Status
Emission/Aux 1 Alarm Airlock/Aux4 Alarm
Air Flow/Aux 2 Alarm Hopper/Aux5 Alarm
Comp. Air/Aux3 Alarm Diaphragm Fault
Serial Communications: Null modem type con-
nection required between display and terminal or
PC
Type: RS232
Mode: 9600 Baud, 8-Data Bits,1-Stop Bit, No
Parity
Function: Dedicated For Communication with an
ANSI type VT100 Terminal
Connector: 9-pin male IBM compatible D-SUB
connector null modem type connection required
between display and terminal or PC.
Network Connection:
Type: 2 wire twisted pair
Transmission Line: 2 wire twisted pair (Belden
85102 or 8471 or equiv. recommended)
Termination: 50 or 100 ohm, jumper selectable
resistor
Free Topology: 50 ohm termination on only one
end of the network bus. Remove jumper on all
other bussed units.; Node-to-Node distance
1640.5 ft. max.; Bus Length 1640.5 ft max.
Double Terminated: 100 ohm termination on
each end of the network bus; remove jumper on
all other bussed units; bus length 8858.3 ft max.
Network Connection Device: Echelon FTT-10A
Transceiver
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature: -40°C to 65°C
Storage Temperature: -40°C to 70°C
Humidity: 90% non-condensing
Protection: Conformal coat for humidity and
vibration
Contact Factory for Additional Information
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
Alarm File Output Format:
IDENTxxx, Year, Month, Day, Hour, Differential
Pressure, Emissions, Airflow, Manifold Pressure,
Bag Temperature, Temperature Probe Failure, Bad
Solenoid, Differential Pressure too Hi/Low, One hour
warmup failure, 5 cleaning cycle alarm, External
alarm input #1, External alarm input #2, External
alarm input #3, External alarm input #4, Triac is
shorted on, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, High emission, High or
Low airflow, Manifold pressure current loop out of
range, Manifold pressure too low before firing of
the solenoid, Manifold pressure did not drop when
a solenoid fired, High bag temperature alarm, High
hopper alarm, Airlock fault, 0, Bag temperature probe
open, Communication fault, Timer fail, 0, 0, 0, 0, Last
solenoid that fired before the alarm, Solenoid number
that did not fire, Solenoid number which is stuck on,
Last solenoid that fired before alarm input #1, Last
solenoid that fired before alarm input #2, Last sole-
noid that fired before alarm input #3, Last solenoid
that fired before alarm input #4.
File Output Format:
xxx, xx, xx, xx, xx, xxx, xxxx, xxxxxxx, xxxx, xxxx, x,
x, x, x, x, x, x, x, x, x, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, x, x, x, x, x, x,
x, x, 0, x, x, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, xxx, xxx, xxx, xxx, xxx, xxx,
xxx, CR, LF
Short and Long Term Memory File Output Format:
IDENTxxx(1-255), Year (last 2 digits), Month (1-12),
Day(1-31), Hour(0-23), Differential Pressure (in. H2O),
Emissions or AUX1 (percentage), Airflow (SCFM) or
AUX2 (percentage), Manifold Pressure (psi) or AUX3
(percentage), Bag Temperature (°F), Number of
Solenoids that fired.
File Output Format:
xxx, xx, xx, xx, xx, xxx, xxxx, xxxxxxx, xxxx, xxxx,
xxxxx, CR, LF
4-25
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
Operational
Display
Select
Timer xxx
Program
Enter
Exit
Version
History
Clock
Menu
Exit
Clock
Year xxx
History
Short
Sending
Short
DisplayD
Ver xxx
DisplayL
Ver xxx
I/O
Ver xxx
Sending
Long
DSP
Ver xxx
Version
Exit
Sending
Alarms
History
Alarms
Clock
Month xxx
History
Exit
Clock
Date xxx
Clock
Day xx
History
Long
Clock
Hour xx
Clock
Minuite xx
Clock
Exit
Press Output Step
& Alarm Cancel Keys
Simultaneously
When not in Program Mode,
the keypad on the Display
simulates the keypad of the
Timer selected
Display Keypad
DNC Programming
Tree
ITEM VALUE
OUTPUT
STEP
ALARM
CANCEL
DISPLAY
OPTIONS
Use the and Item Keys to navigate
within the Programming Tree. The Key
moves up the Tree. The Key moves down
the Tree.
Use the and Value Keys to select
Program Options, or change parameters.
The Key increments value. The Key
decrements value
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
4-26 DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS ACCESSORIES
REQUIRES 1.187 DIAMETER
MSW-0DPST-011
MOUNTING HOLE
OFF ON
1.594
2.75
1.563
1.953
1.25
(4572-7)
2.062
1.578
1.25
REQUIRES 1.187 DIAMETER
MOUNTING HOLE
ASL-00RED-NEMA4
1.65
(4572-6)
1
5
9
13
10 11 12
14
4
8
1.42 .85
.25
1.10
KDD-LATCH-120AC
SET
RESET
1.16
2.32
1.18
.65
.87
2.83
3 2 1
8 7 65
12 11 10 9
13
14
4
Terminal Arrangement Mounting Holes
MSO-011DP-012
On/Off Switch
NEMA 4 Rated On/Off Switch
with Legend Plate MSW-0DPST-011
ORDERING INFORMATION
Pilot Lamp
NEMA 4 Rated Pilot Lamp ASL-00RED-NEMA 4
ORDERING INFORMATION
Relay
Alternate Action Dual Coil Latch
Relay KDD-LATCH-120AC
ORDERING INFORMATION
Socket
Socket for Latch Relay MSO-0D11P-012
ORDERING INFORMATION
4-27
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS ACCESSORIES
4 HOLES
.312 DIA.
BOX-A0806-CHNF
.75
1.0
4.0
8.0
9.5
8.75
6.0
3.8
(4570-2)
4.3
4 HOLES
.312 DIA.
(4570-3)
BOX-A1008-CHNF
.75
11.5
10.0
10.75
6.0
8.0
1.0
12.75
12.0
.75
13.5
.312 DIA.
4 HOLES
BOX-A1210-CHNF
5.3
8.0 1.0
10.0
(4570-4)
BOX-A1412-CHNF
(4570-5)
.312 DIA.
4 HOLES
.75
14.0
15.5
14.75
10.0
12.0
1.0 6.3
ACCESS SCREW (2 PL.)
12.94"
.31" X .50"
MOUNTING SLOT
- 4 PL. (8 X 13)
.16"
4 PL.
12.50"
8.0"
10.50"
.6.25"
BOX-A1210-CHSC
Enclosures
8” x 6” x 3.5” NEMA 4 Enclosure,
Steel BOX-A0806-CHNF
10” x 8” x 4” NEMA 4 Enclosure,
Steel BOX-A1008-CHNF
12” x 10” x 5” NEMA 4
Enclosure, Steel BOX-A1210-CHNF
14” x 12” x 6” NEMA 4
Enclosure, Steel BOX-A1412-CHNF
12” x 10” x 6” NEMA 4X Window
Enclosure, Fiberglass BOX-A1210-CHSC
ORDERING INFORMATION
Notes
5-1
SOLID STATE RELAYS, VOLTAGE
MONITORS, CURRENT MONITORS
AMETEK NCC offers a full line of Solid State
Relays capable of switching from 10 to 75 A
at up to 330 VAC 50/60 Hz. These rugged,
encapsulated controls are ideal for use in
applications which require a frequent switch-
ing rate and/or a high current inrush rate.
Particularly, large tungsten lamp loads or
motor loads are well served by solid state
switching devices, as there are no moving
parts to arc over and wear out. The reliability
of AMETEK NCC’s Solid State Relays has
been time-tested in industrial environments
throughout the world.
In addition to our Solid State Relay offering,
AMETEK NCC provides a reliable, low cost
means to monitor line voltage parameters in
both single phase and 3 phase applications as
well as over/under current monitoring of up to
20 A. Costly motor damage as well as sensi-
tive equipment malfunction can be averted
with the use of these line monitors which will
steadfastly guard against low voltage and
improper phase conditions.
In addition, at AMETEK NCC offers impressive
factory back-up support, and our parts inven-
tory and product availability are unsurpassed.
With over 250 stocking distributor outlets,
serious downtime problems can virtually be
eliminated. Technical assistance for design
and engineering help is readily available
through our toll free number: 800-323-2593.
Common Applications:
3 Phase Motor Protection
Compressor Brown Out Protection
Elevator Protection
Industrial Wastes Pump Monitor and
Control
Deep Well Pump Protection
Large Incandescent Lamp Load Control
Frequent Switching of Large Loads
Motor Overload Protection
Broken Drive Detection
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
5-2 SOLID STATE RELAYS
Solid State Power Relays
Model R2025
FEATURES
CSA certified file #LR701222
100% functionally and surge tested
24 to 330 VAC load voltage
4000 V isolation
Optically coupled
Epoxy filled
Capable of being switched by a single
CMOS gate
Built in snubber
Capable of switching inductive loads of
0.5 power factor
UL recognized component file
#E164906
The AMETEK NCC Series of Solid State
Power Relays provide a highly reliable
means of switching a variety of AC loads up
to 20 A. Snubber circuitry is included with
each unit for high dV/dt applications and
inductive loads.
Use of rugged output devices provides
significant increases in turn-on surge capa-
bility. Two input control voltage ranges are
available in either Form A (SPST-NO) or
Form B (SPST-NC) output configurations.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT CONFIGURATION PART NUMBER
3 to 30 VAC/DC Normally Open, 25 A SNC-R2025-507
7 to 140 VAC Normally Open, 25 A SNC-R2025-501
3 to 30 VAC/DC Normally Closed, 25 A SNC-R2025-517
7 to 140 VAC Normally Closed, 25 A SNC-R2025-511
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
Heatsink, .9 °C/W, supplied with Thermal Compound and Mounting Hardware ASY-HS25A-011
SPECIFICATIONS
ALL MODELS
Max. Load Current*: 25 A
Max. Peak Transient Voltage: 600 Vpk
Output Voltage Range: 48-300 VAC
Max. Off State Leakage Current: 7.2 mA at
300 VAC (RMS)
Operating Temp. Range: -40 to 80 °C
Storage Temp. Range: -40 to 65 °C
Dielectric Strength at 60 Hz
Between Input/Output: 4000 VAC (RMS)
Between Input/Base: 2500 VAC (RMS)
Between Output/Base: 2500 VAC (RMS)
Max. Surge Current: 370 arms, 8.3 ms
Min. Off State dV/dt (static): 500 V/µS
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case
(Point A): 1.3°C/W Tj max.=110 °C
Turn On Type: Random
SNC-R2025-507 AND SNC-R2025-517
Max. On State Voltage Drop:1.5 VAC (RMS)
Input Impedance: 1700 ohms ±5%
Turn Off Voltage: 2 VAC/DC min.
Turn On Voltage: 3 VAC/DC max.
Output Form:
SNC-R2025-507: SPST-NO
SNC-R2025-517: SPST-NC
Control Voltage Range: 3-30 VAC/DC
SNC-R2025-501 AND SNC-R2025-511
Max. On State Voltage Drop: 1.65 VAC (RMS)
Input Impedance: 56 Kohms ±5%
Turn Off Voltage: 30 VAC/DC min.
Turn On Voltage: 70 VAC/DC max.
Output Form:
SNC-R2025-501: SPST-NO
SNC-R2025-511: SPST-NC
Control Voltage Range: 70-140 VAC/DC
* See derating curves for proper heat sink requirements
POINT A
1.10
1.75
1.875 .19
.53
1.00
1.70 .30
2.25
(57.1)
(47.6)
(43.2)
(4.9)
(7.6)
(44.5)
(27.9)
(13.5)
(25.4)
.50
.55
.77
1.0 MAX
MOUNTING SURFACE
#8-32
2 PLCS
#6-32
2 PLCS
.187 DIA.
2 PLCS
.25 R
2 PLCS
.12
(25.4)
24-330 VAC
INPUT
SOLID STATE
3-32 VDC
OUTPUT
SNC-R2040-502
(-)
Corporatio
n
National Controls
4
LINE
1
3 (+)
MODEL No:
RELAY
2
LOAD
40 AMP WITH HEATSINK
NORMALLY OPEN
R
POINT A
8-32 THRD
WITH SADDLE
CLAMP
6-32 THRD
W/ SADDLE
CLAMP
5-3
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
SOLID STATE RELAYS
.625 TYP
1.875
.093
.187 TYP
.312 TYP
2.375
4.75
3.935
2.155
2.625
.40 TYP
5.625 – .031
1.875 –.031
.187 DIA
4.312
2.156
5 10 15 20 25
40
60
80
Max. Allowable Mounting Surface Temp. (C)
(Measured at Point A)
Load Current (amps RMS 60Hz)
20
15
10
5
706050403020 80
25
Ambient Temp. (C)
Load Current (amps RMS)
NO
HEAT SINK (FREE AIR)
15"x15"(450 sq. in.) HEAT SINK
0
0
20
10"x10"(200 sq. in.) HEAT SINK
6"x6"(72 sq. in.)
HEAT SINK
0
Heat Sink Data
Heat sinks for derating curves are 1/8” thick
aluminum with thermal compound between
the mounting surface and solid state relay
mounting plate.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
5-4 VOLTAGE MONITORS
3-Phase Voltage Monitor
Model 240T6
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Low cost
Tri-color status LED
3 second fault delay timer
Line voltage setpoint adjustment range:
160 VAC to 240 VAC
50/60 Hz operation
SPDT 10 A relay output
Convenient plug in package
File #E59090
Operating Logic: This control continuously
monitors 3-phase power lines for abnormal
conditions. When properly adjusted, the
control will detect:
Phase loss on a loaded motor, regard-
less of regenerated voltage
Low voltage on all phases
Very low voltage or loss of any single
phase
Phase reversal
If none of the above conditions are present,
the control will energize the internal relay
and the indicator light will be green. When
any of the above faults are detected, the
indicator light will turn yellow for approxi-
mately 3 seconds warning that the relay is
about to de-energize. After the delay time
the relay will de-energize and the indicator
light will turn red. When the fault is correct-
ed, the monitor will automatically reset by
energizing the relay and the indicator lamp
will be green. Should the fault be corrected
during the delay time, the monitor will not
de-activate the relay and the indicator will
again be green.
Adjustment: Apply 3-phase power with-
in operating range to the monitor (phase
sequence must be observed). Turn adjust-
ment to maximum clockwise position.
Indicator lamp will be illuminated red after
the delay time. Slowly turn counterclock-
wise until indicator changes to green (relay
will activate). If voltage is nominal, setting
should be correct.
Note: If phase sequence is incorrect, the monitor will not activate.
Reverse any two input leads and readjust as described above.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
SETPOINT
Adjustment: Single turn potentiometer for adjust-
ing nominal voltage
Range:
160-240 VAC 60 Hz LO to HI
180-240 VAC 50 Hz LO to HI
Accuracy:
Min. Setting (Max. CCW): Must operate (green
light) at 160 VAC, 60 Hz (180 VAC, 50 Hz) line to
line
Max. Setting (Max. CW): Must drop out (red light)
at 240 VAC 50/60 Hz line to line
Hysteresis: 2% typical
Fault Delay Time: 2 to 4 sec.
INPUT
3 Phase Operating Voltage: Three wire connec-
tion, no neutral required
160-240 VAC, 277 VAC max. line to line 60 Hz
180-240 VAC, 277 VAC max. line to line 50 Hz
Power Consumption: 3 W max. at 277 VAC line
to line exclusive of load
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
Contact Type: Relay SPDT (1 form C)
Rating: 10 A max. resistive, 1/3 hp, 345 VA,
120/240 VAC
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations
Full Load: 500,000 operations
Display: 1 tricolor LED
Green indicates status OK
Yellow indicates fault condition imminent
Red indicates fault condition
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: protected by three 30 joule
metal oxide varistors
Dielectric Breakdown: 1500 V RMS minimum at
60 Hz between input and outputs and between
outputs
MECHANICAL
Termination: 8-pin plug
Mounting: Socket mount, part number
MSO-0008P-012
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -23°C to 70°C
Operating Temperature: -23°C to 55°C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1.770
(45.0)
2.400
(61.0)
120/240VAC
CONTACTS:
10AMP,1/3HP,345VA,
1 8
2
3
7
6
45
C B
A
FF
F
PIN CONFIGURATION
WEST CHICAGO, IL. 60185
MODEL: PLC-240T6-44T
INPUT VOLTAGE: 160-240 VAC
R R
3 , 60 HZ
3 PHASE VOLTAGE MONITOR
N
CATIONAL CONTROLS
ORPORATION
F
.522
2.935
3.650 MAX
(74.5)
(93.0)
(13.26)
FaultNormal
Fault
Delay
Yellow
VOLTAGE
LO
Green
LINE HI
Red
TRICOLOR LED
ORDERING INFORMATION
VOLTAGE RANGE PART NUMBER
160 to 240 VAC PLC-240T6-44T
ACCESSORY PART NUMBER
8-pin circular socket, DIN rail
mountable MSO-0008P-012
5-5
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
VOLTAGE MONITORS
Single-Phase Undervoltage Monitors
Models 120AZ and 240AZ
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Form C relay output
On-board Trimpot for setpoint adjust-
ment
Circuitry completely encapsulated
Low cost protection against brownouts
Compact size
Superior transient protection
Flame-retardant and solvent-resistant
polyester thermoplastic housing
File #E65038
LOGIC FUNCTION DIAGRAM
0 Volts
Set
Point
Undervoltage
Setpoint Range
Maximum Input Voltage
Reset Point
On
Off
Output Relay
and LED
The 120AZ and 240AZ voltage sensors
are intended for use as protection devices
for electronic equipment in the event of a
brown out condition.
Operating Logic: When the input voltage to
the module is greater than the Reset Point
voltage, the relay will be energized and the
LED will be illuminated indicating a normal
line voltage condition. If, however, the input
voltage drops below the Setpoint Voltage
selected by the potentiometer, the relay will
de-energize and the LED will turn off. The
module will remain in this state as long as
the input is less than Reset Point voltage.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT
Operating Voltage Ranges:
Model 120AZ: 0 to 132 VAC 50/60 Hz
Model 240AZ: 0 to 264 VAC 50/60 Hz
Max. Power Consumtion:
Model 120AZ: 2.6VA at 132 VAC
Model 240AZ: 4.5VA at 264 VAC
CONTROL
Adjustment: On-board Trimpot
Undervoltage Setpoint Range:
Model 120AZ: 78 to 99 VAC
Model 240AZ: 156 to 99 VAC
Reset Point Voltage:
Model 120AZ: 104 VAC
Model 240AZ: 209 VAC
Repeatability: ±0.5% for fixed conditions; ±1%
over temperature range
Voltage Sense Accuracy: ±2% at 25°C
Power Off Reset Time: 150 ms max.
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts, SPDT (1 form C)
Rating: 8 A max. resistive at 250 VAC and
30 VDC; 100 mA at 5 VDC minimum load current
Indication: Green LED; ON for normal condition
PROTECTION
Transient Voltage: 30 joule metal oxide varistor
Dielectric breakdown: 3000 Vrms terminal to
mounting1500 Vrms input to output
Insulation resistance: 100 megohms min.
between terminals and case
MECHANICAL
Termination: .25” x.032” male fast-on terminals
Mounting: Surface mount with one #8 screw
Life:
Mechanical: 10,000,000 cycles min.
Electrical: 100,000 cycles min.
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage temperature: -40°C to 85°C
Operating temperature: -23°C to 55°C
Humidity: 95% relative max.
CLEARANCE HOLE
FOR #8 SCREW
5659/12/94
2.OO SQ.
UNDERVOLTAGE SETPOINT
ADJ
USTMENT AC
CESS
NORMAL VOLTAGE
INDICATOR (GREEN LED)
INPUT
VOLTAGE
E65489
Model No: VNC-120AZ-341
50/60 HZ
8 AMP, 1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC
Contacts:
Range: 78-132 VAC, 2.6 VA
Corporation
National Controls
West Chicago, IL.
SETPOINT
UNDERVOLTAGE
UNDERVOLTAGE DETECTOR
60185
R
Input
N.O.
N.C.
COM
.
9978
85
95
90 Normal
Voltage
C
R
.885
1.25 MAX
.250 X .032 MALE
SPADE TERMINAL
(5 PL. )
(31.75 mm)
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE UNDERVOLTAGE SETPOINT RANGE RESET POINT VOLTAGE PART NUMBER
0 to 132 VAC 50/60 Hz 78 to 99 VAC 104 VAC VNC-120AZ-341
0 to 264 VAC 50/60 Hz 156 to 199 VAC 209 VAC VNC-240AZ-345
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
5-6
UNDER OVER
L1
L2
COM
NO
NC
min. max.
max.
min.
POINT
TRIP
FAULT
CURRENT CURRENT
MODE SELECT SWITCH
NON-
LATCH LATCH
AC CURRENT SENSOR
TRIP
DELAY
MOTOR
ALARM
Motor
Supply Voltage
120 or 240 VAC
Input Voltage
SETTINGS:
TRIP POINT: approx. 10 amps
TRIP DELAY: approx. 4.5 sec.
MODE SELECT SWITCH:
Non-Latching
Over-Current
CURRENT MONITORS
2-20 A Current Monitor
IST-200T Series
FEATURES
100% functionally tested
Low cost
Fault status LED
Adjustable trip delay timer
Adjustable trip point from 2 to 20 A
Selectable ouput modes:
– Latching
– Non-latching
Selectable sensing modes:
– Over-current
– Under-current
120 VAC and 240 VAC models
50/60 Hz operation
SPDT 10 A relay output
Epoxy encapsulated
File #E59090
Operating Logic: The Current Monitor
senses AC load current passing through its
torroid transformer. In the OVER-CURRENT
mode, the on-board relay will initiate the
TRIP DELAY timer and illuminate the FAULT
LED when the sensed current is greater
than the TRIP POINT setting. If the sensed
current is still greater than the TRIP POINT
setting after the TRIP DELAY timer has
elapsed, the on-board relay will energize.
If the UNDER-CURRENT mode is select-
ed, the on-board relay will be un-energized
as long as the sensed current is greater
than the TRIP POINT setting. Once the
sensed current drops below the TRIP POINT
setting, the TRIP DELAY timer will start tim-
ing and the FAULT LED will illuminate. If the
sensed current is still less than the TRIP
POINT setting after the TRIP DELAY time
has elapsed, the on-board relay will ener-
gize and its contacts will change state.
The Current Monitor will automatically
reset itself when the sensed current returns
to its non-fault value if the NON-LATCH
mode is selected. However, if the LATCH
mode is selected, the on-board relay will
remain energized regardless of any sub-
sequent change in the sensed current. To
reset the fault in this mode, either remove
input power from unit and reapply it, or
switch to NON-LATCH mode.
The Current Monitor is designed to sense
a range of 2 to 20 A with a single loop of the
load wire passed through the torroid trans-
former. Greater sensitivity can be achieved
by passing multiple loops of the load wire
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
through the torroid transformer; two
turns would change the range to 1 to
10 A, four turns would change it to 0.5 to
5 A.
TYPICAL APPLICATION
As long as the operating current of the
motor is less than 10 A, the alarm will not
sound. If the motor draws greater than 10 A
for longer than 4.5 seconds, the FAULT LED
will light and the alarm will sound. Because
the NON-LATCH mode is set, the fault con-
dition will clear as soon as the current draw
of the motor drops below 10 A. When the
fault is cleared, the FAULT LED will turn off
and the alarm will stop sounding. If, how-
ever, the LATCH mode was selected and
an OVER-CURRENT fault is detected, the
fault will not clear when the motor current
draw dropped below 10 A. In this case, the
alarm would continue to sound until reset of
the Current Sensor by either removing and
reapplying power or by switching to NON-
LATCH mode.
5-7
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
CURRENT MONITORS
SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT
Operating Voltage:
IST-200TA-141: 105 to 135 VAC, 50/60 Hz
IST-200TA-145: 210 to 270 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption: 3.5 VA max.
Current Sense Input: 0 to 40 A steady-state
200 A inrush for 100 ms max.
OUTPUT
Type: Relay contacts SPST (1 form C)
Rating: 10 A resistive, 1/2 hp at 250 VAC
Life:
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations
Electrical: 100,000 operations at full load
CURRENT SENSE ADJUSTMENT
Range: 2 to 20 A with single load wire through
sensor, Trimpot adjustable
Power-up surge delay: 100 ms max.
Response time: 100 ms max. over or under cur-
rent mode
CURRENT TRIP DELAY ADJUSTMENT
Range: 0.1 to 10 sec., Trimpot adjustable
MECHANICAL
Termination: 5 - .25” x .032” male fast-on
terminals
Mounting: 3.5” x 2.5” encapsulated enclosure
with 2 mounting holes suitable for #8 screw
ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temperature: -40°C to +85°C
Operating Temperature: -40°C to +65°C
TERMINALS ARE
QUICK CONNECT (5)
.25 X .032
MOUTING HOLES (2)
.188 DIA.
.375 DIA.
.50 [12.7]
1.94
.28
2.94
.28
1.375
MAX.
3.50
2.50
R
Corporation
National Controls
West Chicago, IL. 60185
UNDER OVER
L1
L2
COM
NO
NC
min.
MADE IN THE U.S.A .
max.
max.
min.
POINT
TRIP
FAULT
CURRENT CURRENT
MODE SELECT SWITCH
NON-
LATCH LATCH
AC CURRENT SENSOR
CONTACT RATING: 10A, 250VAC
TRIP
DELAY
Model: IST-200T*-14* INPUT:***VAC
Range: 2-20 AMPS, .*-** seconds
ORDERING INFORMATION
INPUT VOLTAGE TRIP POINT TRIP DELAY PART NUMBER
120 VAC 2 to 20 A .1 to 10 sec. IST-200TA-141
240 VAC 2 to 20 A .1 to 10 sec. IST-200TA-145
Notes
6-1
GLOSSARY
AC (Alternating Current) An electric current that
reverses direction in a circuit at regular intervals.
Accuracy The variation between the specified delay
time and the Actual Time value, given in percent of
specified delay. [(Actual Time – Specified Delay Time)
/ Specified Delay Time)] x 100.
Actual Time The actual delay of a given device with
sufficient OFF time to input voltage to permit full
recovery of the timing interval. The resulting average
of a group of consecutive time delay readings (exclud-
ing the first) may be used to determine the Actual
Time. Five cycles should be considered adequate for
the determination.
Ambient Temperature Temperature of the air which
encircles an object.
Ampere (Amp) The basic unit of electric current.
Arc A luminous discharge of electric current crossing
a gap between two electrodes either through the air
or over an insulated surface. It is deleterious to elec-
tromechanical switches, limiting contact life.
Break The moment and/or location at which a series
circuit is opened and made discontinuous.
Brownout A condition in which the supply voltage is
insufficient to power the load.
Circuit A closed path followed or capable of being
followed by an electric current.
Closure The moment and/or location at which two
contacts meet to complete a circuit.
Conductor A substance or medium that conducts
heat, light, sound, or especially an electric current.
Contact Chatter (Contact Bounce) Occurs when
an electromechanical switch is in the process of mak-
ing connection in a circuit; for a brief time period,
the contacts will bounce together until they are fully
seated.
Contacts Electromechanical components that make
or break a connection between two conductors that
permit a flow of current.
Controller A regulating mechanism, as in an electric
device used to control a particular process based on
input parameters.
CSA Canadian Standards Association (Testing
Laboratory for products sold in Canada.)
Current The amount of electric charge moving in a
conductor past a specified circuit point within a given
time. The basic unit is the ampere.
Cycle A single complete execution of a periodically
repeated event or a periodically repeated sequence
of events.
De-energize To remove power from a device.
Delay To postpone an event until a later time.
Delay On Break (Off Delay) A particular type of tim-
ing function whereby the OFF event is delayed after a
start circuit is opened.
Delay on Make (Delay On Energize, On Delay) A
particular type of time function which delays the ON
event upon initial application of power to the timing
device.
Dielectric Breakdown The voltage potential at which
the insulating properties of a non-conductor will break
down and conduct current. Measured in Kilovolts.
DC (Direct Current) An electric current flowing in one
direction (constant polarity), as opposed to Alternating
Current.
DPDT (Double Pole Double Throw 2 Form C
Contacts) A type of contact configuration which con-
sists of two isolated sets of contacts operating simul-
taneously. Each contact set consists of a Common
contact, Normally Open contact, and a Normally
Closed contact. In relay nomenclature, the states of
the contacts are given with the relay coil unenergized.
Electricity A basic phenomenon in nature which
involves the movement of electrons in a medium. This
movement of electrons or electric current is considered
a source of power.
Electromotive Force (EMF) Difference in electrical
potential measured in volts.
Encapsulant A compound, typically epoxy or silicone
elastomer, used to envelop and seal components in an
electronic circuit.
Energize To apply power to a device.
External Adjustment A remotely located component
or device which is used to alter an input or output
parameter on a controller.
Factory Calibration To adjust a controller during the
manufacturing process to specific points in order to
meet the operational specifications.
Factory Fixed Fixing a particular control parameter
during the manufacturing process to make it non-
adjustable in the field.
Frequency The number of repetitions within a given
time of a complete wave form, as of common line
voltage with typical frequencies of 50 or 60 cycles per
second. See Hertz.
Full-wave Rectified AC Alternating Current changed
to Direct Current utilizing both the positive and nega-
tive portions of the AC sine wave.
Ground The point of an electric circuit that is at a zero
volt potential with respect to the earth.
Guaranteed Range The range of operation of a con-
troller or controlled parameter which the manufacturer
specifies reliable consistent operation.
Half-wave Rectified AC Alternating Current changed
to Direct Current utilizing only the positive or negative
portion (not both) of the AC sine wave.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
6-2 GLOSSARY
Heat Dissipation Because all electrical
devices offer resistance to the flow of cur-
rent, heat is generated when current flows
through this resistance. This undesired
heating effect is a function of the device
resistance and the amount of current flow-
ing through it. Heat sinks are used to cool
high current devices, thereby dissipating
the heat generated.
Heat Sink A device which possesses low
thermal resistance in order to effectively
absorb and dissipate heat.
Heat Sink Compound A compound
used to assure good thermal connection
between a heat dissipating device and a
heat sink.
Hertz A unit of frequency named after
Heinrich R. Hertz (1857-1894) which is
equal to one cycle per second.
Holding Current In solid state switch-
ing devices there is a point at which the
current flow is insufficient to maintain con-
duction. Holding current is specified as
the minimum current through the device,
across the operating temperature range,
that will maintain conduction.
Horsepower (hp) A unit of power in the
U.S. Customary System, equal to 745.7
watts or 33,000 foot-pounds per minute.
Electrical motors are rated in horsepower,
so accordingly, devices designed to con-
trol motors are also rated in horsepower.
Humidity Water vapor content in the
air. In percent Relative Humidity, it is a
measurement of the actual water vapor
content of a unit volume relative to what
the maximum amount of water vapor the
same volume can contain at a given tem-
perature.
Hysteresis The failure of a property that
has been changed by an outside force to
return to its original value when the cause
of the change is removed. Some hyster-
esis is designed into controller circuits
because it prevents noise from causing
false triggering.
Incandescent Load From a switching
perspective, the incandescent load repre-
sents an initial inrush current of up to 10
times the steady state rating.
Inductive Load An inductive load
opposes any change to circuit current.
Devices such as motors, solenoids, relay
coils, valves, and contactor coils are all
inherently inductive loads. The current
waveform is always lagging the voltage
waveform in an inductive load; because
of the phenomena, certain factors must
be taken into account when working with
this type of load. An inductive load can
exhibit an inrush current of up to 5 times
its normal running or steady state current
when energized. When power is removed
from the inductive load, high voltage tran-
sients are generated due to the collapsing
magnetic field, and this can cause arcing
across contacts or a malfunction, and/or
damage to electronic circuits.
Initiate Time (Start Time) The minimum
time of a switch closure or voltage pulse
applied to a start switch input of a control-
ler which will activate the control function.
Input Voltage The voltage source applied
to the controller input terminals which is
used to power the controller while it is
performing its function.
Inrush Current The peak value of cur-
rent which a load requires when first being
energized. Certain types of loads (e.g.,
lamps, motors) will draw a larger initial
current because their impedance is lower
at startup than during steady state opera-
tion.
Isolation No electrical connection
between two or more circuits.
Insulation Resistance The degree of
non-conductance of an insulator, mea-
sured in Megohms.
Insulator A material that insulates, partic-
ularly a nonconductor of electricity, heat,
or sound.
Interval A period of time between events.
Kilohm One thousand ohms (1,000 or 1
K ohms).
Leakage Current The maximum current
which a solid state device still conducts
when in the OFF state. Leakage current is
usually measured in milliamperes (mA).
LED Light Emitting Diode, used in infor-
mation displays and as status indicators.
Life A specific number of operations or
amount of time during which a particular
device is expected to operated reliably.
Line Frequency Frequency of electrical
service provided by local utility, typically 50
or 60 Hertz.
Line Voltage Initiation The initiation of a
control function by application of line volt-
age to either the controller’s input termi-
nals or start switch terminals.
Line Voltage Nominal voltage of electric
service provided by local utility, typically
120 or 240 VAC.
Load Any device which consumes power
to do work.
Load Rating A specification of the out-
put capability of a particular controller.
Typically parameters for load rating are:
controllable current range, maximum AC
and/or DC voltage, horsepower or Power
Factor and maximum inrush current.
Lock Shaft (Locking Bushing) A
mechanical means to inhibit further adjust-
ment of a rotary type device such as a
potentiometer.
Low Voltage Voltage which is typically
less than 30 Vrms.
Magnal Plug A circular, 11-pin male con-
nector with an indexing key for proper
orientation in the mating socket.
Make A term used to denote the action of
completing an electrical circuit.
Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) A device
whose impedance decreases dramatically
when subjected to voltages greater than
the rated clamping voltage. It is typically
placed in parallel with the input and/or
output of a switching device to effectively
clamp transient voltage spikes to a certain
level.
Megohm One million ohms (1,000,000 or
1Meg ohms).
Micro A metric prefix which is used to
multiply a standard unit by 10-6
Milli A metric prefix which is used to mul-
tiply a standard unit by 10-3
Milliamperes One-one thousandth of an
ampere (.001 or 10-3 ampere).
6-3
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
GLOSSARY
Ms One one-thousandth of a second
(.001 or 10-3 second).
Minimum Load Current For electro-
mechanical contacts, it is the minimum
current the contacts will reliably switch
without the contact resistance contribut-
ing a substantial error in the circuit. See
Holding current.
Mode of Operation Logical function of a
controller based on input parameters.
Momentary Initiation The initiation of a
controller cycle by a start pulse of shorter
duration than the complete cycle. The ini-
tiation could be with a momentary contact
closure or voltage pulse.
Momentary Loss of Power A short
removal of input power to the controller or
controlled circuit. See Brownout.
Momentary Switch A spring loaded
set of contacts, that when the actuator
is pressed, the contacts either close or
open depending on contact configuration.
When the actuator is released the con-
tacts will resume their normal state.
MOV Metal oxide varistor.
Noise An undesirable electrical phenome-
non which is generated by various means
(e.g., switching large loads, light dimmers,
electrical storms). This phenomenon
consists of random voltages and currents
induced into electrical circuits, if severe
enough, erratic operation of these circuits
can result.
Nominal Voltage The middle point of
two extremes of voltage as defined by the
tolerance.
Normally Closed Contact (NC) The
condition or position of a particular con-
tact with respect to a common contact
in its normal or quiescent (unenergized)
state. A normally closed contact repre-
sents a closed circuit.
Normally Open Contact (NO) The con-
dition or position of a particular contact
with respect to a common contact in its
normal or quiescent (unenergized) state. A
normally open contact represents an open
circuit.
Octal Plug A circular 8-pin male connec-
tor with an indexing key for proper orienta-
tion in the mating socket.
Offset A fixed difference between the
controller setpoint and the actual control
point of a system under stable operating
conditions.
Ohm A unit of electrical resistance and
impedance named after Georg S. Ohm.
A conductor has a resistance of one
ohm when a current of one ampere flows
through it with a potential of one volt
across its terminals.
ON/OFF Time Ratio The ratio of ON time
to OFF time specified as a fraction or per-
centage of the total period.
On State Voltage The voltage measured
across a solid state output device when it
is in the ON state. For all practical consid-
erations the value is the same for Peak or
RMS measurements. NOTE: The portion
of the sine wave before the solid state
device turns ON is not to be included in
this measurement.
Operating Temperature The range of
ambient temperature in which a controller
is designed to operate within its specifi-
cations. May be stated in Fahrenheit or
Celsius.
Operating Voltage The range of input
voltage within which a controller is
designed to operate. Usually, it is stated
as a nominal value with a maximum and
minimum tolerance (e.g., 120 VAC +10%).
Optical Isolation Utilizing light to isolate
one control circuit from another; mainly
used to safely interface a low level control
signal with a high power output, as in a
solid state relay.
Output The result delivered by a circuit or
device. Also, the terminal or other location
where such result is delivered.
Parallel A type of circuit connection in
which loads are connected side by side
across a common voltage source.
Phase The instantaneous angular posi-
tion which a sine wave occupies in its
cycle. The position is usually measured
in degrees as referenced to zero and
referred to as phase angle.
Polarity The positive and negative orien-
tation of a source of power or signal.
Potential Difference The voltage differ-
ential between two points.
Potentiometer (POT) A three terminal
device which consists of a fixed resistor
with terminations on each and a moveable
contact (wiper) that can travel between
the two terminations. Also called a vari-
able resistor.
Power In a Direct Current circuit it is the
product of applied potential difference and
current. In an Alternating Current circuit it
is the product of the effective values of the
voltage and current with the cosine of the
phase angle between current and voltage.
The units of measurement are VA or watt.
Power Factor The ratio of true power to
apparent power in an alternating current,
or a ratio of resistance to impedance.
Quick Connect Terminals (Fast-on) A
solderless friction type termination used in
industrial controls to facilitate field wiring
of electrical control systems.
RC Resistor/capacitor network. See also
Snubber Network.
Rectifier (Diode) An electronic device
which allows current to flow in only one
direction. It is used to convert AC to DC.
Repeatability (Repeat Accuracy) The
percent variation of time within a group of
consecutive timing cycles, starting with
the second operation, when the timing
device is operated under constant condi-
tions of operating voltage, ambient tem-
perature, and ON/OFF times.
Reset Time The time a controller takes to
return to its initial parameters when input
power is removed.
Resistance The opposition to electric
current flow. All conductors offer some
resistance and the basic unit of resistance
is the ohm.
Resolution The degree of accuracy to
which a controller can be set to or the
degree of accuracy of an output function,
as in a digital readout of a specific output.
Rheostat A variable resistor having one
moveable contact (wiper), and one termi-
nal fixed at one end of the resistance. A
potentiometer can be connected as rheo-
stat by connecting the wiper to either one
of its other terminals.
AMETEK National Controls Corp. • 1725 Western Drive • West Chicago, Illinois 60185 • Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900 • FAX: 630-231-1377 • www.nationalcontrols.com
6-4 GLOSSARY
RMS (Root Mean Square) Effective DC
value of sinewave voltage or current. The
effective value is .707 times the peak volt-
age or peak current measured.
Series Circuit Loads connected end to
end across a voltage source.
Set Point The point at which a controller
will perform a function. The setpoint can
be either factory fixed or user adjustable
as in a temperature controller or a timer.
Setting Accuracy The degree of accu-
racy (resolution) to which a controller set-
point can be adjusted.
Shunt A low-resistance connection
between two points in an electric circuit
that forms another path for a large portion
of the current.
SPDT (Single Pole Double Throw)
A type of contact configuration which
consists of a Common contact, Normally
Open contact, and Normally Closed con-
tact. In relay nomenclature, the states of
the contacts are given with the relay coil
unenergized.
Snubber Network Typically, a series con-
nection of a resistor and capacitor applied
across an output device (especially solid
state) to minimize voltage spikes due to
line transients or load switching. It is used
to help prevent unwanted switching of
solid state devices and arcing of mechani-
cal contacts.
Specified Delay Time The advertised
time, design print specified time, or set
time of the delay function.
Steady State The condition of a device
after power has been initially applied for
a certain period, or when its electrical
parameters are allowed to stabilize. This
condition is reflected in parameters such
as current flow, output voltage, and/or
temperature.
Storage Temperature The range of
ambient temperatures in which a control-
ler is designed to be stored, in order to
assure operation within its specifications.
May be stated in Fahrenheit or Celsius.
Termination The point at which electrical
devices are connected to field wiring of
either inputs or outputs. Typical types of
termination are: Quick connect terminals,
screw terminals, flying leads, etc.
Time Diagram A logic function drawing
used to relate the output operation of a
particular controller with regard to its input
parameters over a given period of time.
Tolerance The permissible deviation from
a specified value of an electrical param-
eter. Normally stated as a percentage of a
nominal value.
Transient A momentary occurrence of a
particular phenomenon.
Transient Voltage Voltage spikes of
short duration which occur in electrical
circuits that exceed the normal designed
operating levels. Two main types of volt-
age transient wave forms are generally
used by the industry to define the typi-
cal transients found in the field. They are
defined in the IEEE C62.41 standard
IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge
Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power
Circuits. Transient surges considered in
this section do not exceed one-half period
of the applied AC line frequency. Also, the
magnitude of the crest voltage and cur-
rent are designated as a peak open circuit
voltage of 6 kV and a peak short circuit
current of 3 kA. Of the two, the one which
simulates lightning transients is the com-
bination 8/20 S current and 1.25/50 S
voltage wave form. The simulation of
transients generated by switching large
capacitive or inductive loads is represent-
ed by a 0.5 S –100 kHz ring wave.
Underwriter’s Laboratories Inc. (UL)
Testing agency for products sold in the
United States.
Volt The basic unit electromotive force or
potential difference.
Voltage The difference in electrical poten-
tial, or electromotive force between the
terminals of a source of electricity. It is
usually measure in volts.
Voltage Drop See On State Voltage.
Watt The basic unit of power.
ORDERING INFORMATION
How to Order
All of our standard industrial products are available through a national
distributor network. For the name of our nearest stocking distributor,
please call AMETEK NCC’s Customer Service Department at 630-
231-5900 or toll-free 800-323-2593.
If you do not find the product you are looking for in our catalog, or
you are unsure of what you need to fit your application, just call us for
technical assistance – we’ll be glad to help.
Our Warranty Policy
AMETEK NATIONAL CONTROLS CORPORATION warrants its products
for a period of one (1) year from date of receipt by user, but in no event
more that eighteen (18) months from date of manufacture, Against
defective material or workmanship, but not against damage caused by
accident, abuse, faulty installation, or improper application or opera-
tion. Probes are warranted for (90) ninety days.
During this period, AMETEK NCC will, at its option, repair or replace
defective products returned, transportation charges prepaid, to its fac-
tory.
AMETEK NCC shall not be liable for any indirect or consequential
damages. To the extent permitted by law, this is given in lieu of all other
warranties expressed or implied, and AMETEK NCC neither assumes
nor authorizes any person to assume for it any liability beyond stated
herein.
1725 Western Drive
West Chicago, Illinois 60185
Tel: 800-323-2593 • 630-231-5900
FAX: 630-231-1377
www.nationalcontrols.com
© 2005 by AMETEK, Inc. All rights reserved.
2.5M805OI (240012)

Navigation menu